Silicon ChipMay 2007 - Silicon Chip Online SILICON CHIP
  1. Outer Front Cover
  2. Contents
  3. Publisher's Letter: New 20W class-A module is a step closer to perfection
  4. Feature: Jaycar Sunswift III Solar Car Shatters Record by Leo Simpson
  5. Feature: Turntables – Give ’em A Spin by Barrie Smith
  6. Project: A 20W Class-A Amplifier Module by Leo Simpson & Peter Smith
  7. Project: Adjustable 1.3-22V Regulated Power Supply by John Clarke
  8. Project: VU/Peak Meter With LCD Bargraphs by John Clarke
  9. Project: Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.3 by John Clarke
  10. Project: GPS-Based Frequency Reference: Circuit Modifications by Jim Rowe
  11. Vintage Radio: A look at the Kurrajong Radio Museum by Rodney Champness
  12. Project: Throttle Interface For The DC Motor Speed Controller by Leo Simpson & Brank Justic
  13. Advertising Index
  14. Book Store
  15. Outer Back Cover

This is only a preview of the May 2007 issue of Silicon Chip.

You can view 33 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments.

For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues.

Articles in this series:
  • Turntables – Give ’em A Spin (May 2007)
  • Turntables – Give ’em A Spin (May 2007)
  • Turntables – Give ’em A Spin; Pt.2 (June 2007)
  • Turntables – Give ’em A Spin; Pt.2 (June 2007)
Items relevant to "A 20W Class-A Amplifier Module":
  • Preamp & Remote Volume Control PCB for the Ultra-LD Mk3 [01111111] (AUD $30.00)
  • Speaker Protection and Muting Module PCB [01207071] (AUD $17.50)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Power Supply PCB [01105074] (AUD $20.00)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Module PCB, left channel [01105071] (AUD $15.00)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Module PCB, right channel [01105072] (AUD $15.00)
  • PIC16F88-I/P programmed for the Low Noise Stereo Preamplifier with Remote Volume Control (Programmed Microcontroller, AUD $15.00)
  • PIC16F88 firmware and source code for the Low Noise Preamplifier with Remote Volume Control (Software, Free)
  • Speaker Protector and Muting Module PCB pattern (PDF download) [01207071] (Free)
  • 20W Class A Low Noise Stereo Preamplifier/Remote Volume Control PCB pattern (PDF download) [01208071] (Free)
  • 20W Class A Amplifier Module PCB patterns (PDF download) [01105071/2] (Free)
  • 20W Class A Amplifier Power Supply PCB pattern (PDF download) [01105073] (Free)
Articles in this series:
  • A 20W Class-A Amplifier Module (May 2007)
  • A 20W Class-A Amplifier Module (May 2007)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Module; Pt.2 (June 2007)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Module; Pt.2 (June 2007)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Module; Pt.3 (July 2007)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Module; Pt.3 (July 2007)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Module; Pt.4 (August 2007)
  • 20W Class-A Amplifier Module; Pt.4 (August 2007)
  • Building The 20W Stereo Class-A Amplifier; Pt.5 (September 2007)
  • Building The 20W Stereo Class-A Amplifier; Pt.5 (September 2007)
Items relevant to "Adjustable 1.3-22V Regulated Power Supply":
  • Adjustable Regulated Power Supply PCB pattern (PDF download) [10105071] (Free)
Items relevant to "VU/Peak Meter With LCD Bargraphs":
  • VU/Peak Meter main PCB [01205071] (AUD $12.50)
  • VU/Peak Meter button PCB [01205072] (AUD $5.00)
  • PIC16F88-I/P programmed for the VU/Peak Meter (Programmed Microcontroller, AUD $15.00)
  • PIC16F88 firmware and source code for the VU/Peak Meter (Software, Free)
  • VU/Peak Meter PCB patterns (PDF download) [01205071/2] (Free)
  • VU/Peak Meter front panel artwork (PDF download) (Free)
Items relevant to "Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.3":
  • Programmable Ignition System main PCB [05104071] (AUD $10.00)
  • Programmable Ignition System Trigger Module PCB [05104072] (AUD $5.00)
  • Programmable Ignition System Hand Controller PCB [05104073] (AUD $10.00)
  • PIC16F88-E/P programmed for the Programmable Ignition System [ignprgm.hex] (Programmed Microcontroller, AUD $15.00)
  • PIC16F88 firmware and source code for the Programmable Ignition System (Software, Free)
  • Sample timing maps for the Programmable Ignition System (Software, Free)
  • Programmable Ignition System PCB patterns (PDF download) [05104071/2/3] (Free)
  • Programmable Ignition System front panel artwork (PDF download) (Free)
Articles in this series:
  • Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.1 (March 2007)
  • Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.1 (March 2007)
  • Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.2 (April 2007)
  • Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.2 (April 2007)
  • Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.3 (May 2007)
  • Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.3 (May 2007)
  • A Knock Detector For The Programmable Ignition (June 2007)
  • A Knock Detector For The Programmable Ignition (June 2007)
Items relevant to "GPS-Based Frequency Reference: Circuit Modifications":
  • PIC16F628A-I/P programmed for the GPS Frequency Reference [GPSFrqRfv3.HEX or GPSFrqRfv4.HEX] (Programmed Microcontroller, AUD $10.00)
  • PIC16F628A firmware for the GPS-Based Frequency Reference (v3 & v4) (Software, Free)
  • Updated PCB pattern for the GPS-Based Frequency Reference (PDF download) [04103073] (Free)
  • Display PCB pattern for the GPS-Based Frequency Reference (PDF download) [04103072] (Free)
  • GPS-based Frequency Reference front and rear panel artwork (PDF download) (Free)
Articles in this series:
  • GPS-Based Frequency Reference; Pt.1 (March 2007)
  • GPS-Based Frequency Reference; Pt.1 (March 2007)
  • GPS-Based Frequency Reference; Pt.2 (April 2007)
  • GPS-Based Frequency Reference; Pt.2 (April 2007)
  • GPS-Based Frequency Reference: Circuit Modifications (May 2007)
  • GPS-Based Frequency Reference: Circuit Modifications (May 2007)
  • Improving The GPS-Based Frequency Reference (September 2011)
  • Improving The GPS-Based Frequency Reference (September 2011)

Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00.

675+ New ts r P oduc ONLY $3.95 65W BP Solar Panel MP3 Player to Cassette Adaptor Plug in your media card with your music files, load it into the cassette deck in your car stereo and control the music with the remote unit - it provides track selection, volume control and a choice of five EQ settings. You can also plug in your head-phones and use it as a stand-alone MP3 player or connect to your PC. • Built-in 3.7V 250mAh battery • Supports SD, mini SD & MMC cards If you are looking for a long life, premium solar panel with a 10 year warranty, you can't go past this latest addition to our solar panel range. The panel has an array of 36 polycrystalline cells and will charge a 12V battery in virtually any climate. The modules are very strong and are designed to withstand the impact of a 25mm hail stone traveling at terminal velocity. Cat. ZM-9067 ge of full ran See our quipment in E r la gue So 7 Catalo our 200 $599.00 Cat. AR-1764 Cat. GH-1381 $29.95 See ou f 12V range o -store in Gadgets Amplified Stereo Speakers 3 Way - 50WRMS Each speaker tower consist of a magnetically screened 8.5" subwoofer, 3.5" mid range speaker and 1.5" tweeter in a ported, Grea magnetically screened enclosure. Home Ct for inema The integrated amplifier makes for plug and play and features two microphone inputs with volume control, treble, bass and master volume control, an echo adjustment tuning knob and an independent power switch. Sold as a pair. • Output power: 2 x 25WRMS Cat. AR-1898 • 630(H) x 295(W) x 160(D)mm $149.95 • 240VAC operated Projects the time and the temperature on your wall or ceiling. The LCD constantly displays time, temperature, day and date while the alarm and snooze option finish off this neat little unit. • 140(L) x 34(W) x 90(H)mm • Requires 2 x AA batteries (not inc) or 3V DC adaptor (not included) 7:13 Cat. XC-0219 $19.95 Budget Digital Vernier Calipers 150mm Long with 0.1 Resolution $69.95 In-Car Coffee Maker Simply connect to a 12VDC power source and have freshly brewed coffee in under 20 minutes even in the most remote location. Great for the intrepid traveller. It holds up to 500ml, has a reusable filter and has a 12V 5m power lead terminated to alligator clips. • Draws 24A/300W max r full Multi-Function Clock with Dual Projector Stainless Steel Flexible BBQ Lamp This outdoor light is made from rust-resistant stainless steel and is battery powered. It is fitted with 25mm clamping jaws and 480mm gooseneck so that it can be attached to whatever is handy, be it table, fence or BBQ. Cat. SL-2806 • Runs on 4 x AA batteries, $29.95 available separately. Child or Pet Door Annunciator Now you don't need eyes in the back of your head! Simply mount at any entrance and the alarm will sound for 30 seconds every time your child or pet passes through. You can know exactly where your little ones are without having the alarm go off every time an adult passes through as the sensors discriminate between adults, toddlers or pets. • Batteries not included • Unit measures 1 metre when assembled Cat. LA-5166 $49.95 Some items also available from Gadget Central stores. Better. More Technical This carbon composite digital caliper is ideal for general use and situations where the cost of our precision stainless steel tool isn't justified. The digital display is calibrated in imperial and metric units with a corresponding vernier scale etched onto the caliper slide. Excellent value for money. SUPER PRICE Cat. TD-2081 $19.95 150W Can Sized Inverter Designed to fit into your car's drink holder, this can sized inverter alleviates the need for permanent mounting. Featuring a 150W output, this inverter is deceptively small but still has the grunt to power everything from battery chargers right through to your laptop computer. Cat. MI-5121 $49.95 See our Simply aMAYzing flyer for great Mother's Day gift ideas All prices are valid until 31st May 2007 FOR INFORMATION ORDERING TELEPHONE >1800 022 888 Don’t fo rget Moth Sunday er’s Day 13th Ma y INTERNET >www.jaycar.com.au Contents Vol.20, No.5; May 2007 SILICON CHIP www.siliconchip.com.au Features    8 Jaycar Sunswift III Solar Car Shatters Record Innovative technology from UNSW slashes three days off the Perth to Sydney solar car record – by Leo Simpson 16 Turntables – Give ’em A Spin Don’t despair if your old turntable has died. There’s lots of new ones out there. Just dip into our listing – by Barrie Smith Pro jects To Build 34 A 20W Class-A Amplifier Module High-quality design features ultra-low distortion, very low noise levels & a simplified power supply – by Leo Simpson & Peter Smith 46 Adjustable 1.3-22V Regulated Power Supply Easy-to-build board can be adjusted to produce a regulated voltage rail ranging from 1.3-22V at currents up to 1A – by John Clarke 62 VU/Peak Meter With LCD Bargraphs Take the guess-work out of setting audio recording levels. This unit shows both average & peak levels on stereo bargraphs & there’s also a digital display option – by John Clarke 20W Class-A Audio Amplifier Module – Page 34. Adjustable 1.3-22V Regulated Power Supply – Page 46. 74 Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.3 We describe the installation & setting-up procedures & show you how to plot out an original ignition timing curve – by John Clarke 84 GPS-Based Frequency Reference: Circuit Modifications A simple modification to improve the short-term stability plus details on adding an RS-232 serial port – by Jim Rowe 92 Throttle Interface For The DC Motor Speed Controller Want to use a motorcycle-style throttle with the DC Motor Speed Controller? You’ll need this simple interface circuit – by Leo Simpson & Branko Justic Special Columns 42 Circuit Notebook (1) LED Pattern Flasher; (2) IR Remote Control Tester With Audible Output; (3) Slave Flash Trigger For Digital Cameras; (4) Low-Dropout Voltage Regulator For Battery Equipment; (5) Using A Stereo Amplifier As A 3-Input Guitar Amplifier; (6) 2-Channel Background Sounds For Model Railways VU/Peak Meter With Stereo LCD Bargraphs – Page 62. 57 Serviceman’s Log New fields & the whiff of cash – by the TV Serviceman 86 Vintage Radio A look at the Kurrajong Radio Museum – by Rodney Champness Departments   2 Publisher’s Letter   4 Mailbag 15 Order Form siliconchip.com.au 97 Ask Silicon Chip 100 Notes & Errata 101 Market Centre Motorcycle-Style Throttle Interface For Speed Controller – Page 92. May 2007  1 SILICON CHIP www.siliconchip.com.au Publisher & Editor-in-Chief Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD Production Manager Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.) Technical Editor Peter Smith Technical Staff John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.) Ross Tester Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO Photography Ross Tester Reader Services Ann Morris Advertising Enquiries Glyn Smith Phone (02) 9939 3295 Mobile 0431 792 293 glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au Regular Contributors Brendan Akhurst Rodney Champness, VK3UG Kevin Poulter Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK Stan Swan SILICON CHIP is published 12 times a year by Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49 003 205 490 All material copyright ©. No part of this publication may be reproduced without the written consent of the publisher. Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park, Victoria. Distribution: Network Distribution Company. Subscription rates: $89.50 per year in Australia. For overseas rates, see the subscription page in this issue. Editorial office: Unit 1, 234 Harbord Rd, Brookvale, NSW 2100. Postal address: PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097. Phone (02) 9939 3295. Fax (02) 9939 2648. E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au ISSN 1030-2662 * Recommended and maximum price only. 2  Silicon Chip Publisher’s Letter New 20W class-A module is a step closer to perfection Back in November 2006 we asked the question: Do people really want a high-performance valve amplifier? Significantly, we are still getting the occasional email from people expressing their interest or otherwise. And while the consensus of the letters seems to be that people are interested in valve amplifiers, we are of the strong impression that comparatively few people would actually build the then proposed 60W/channel stereo amplifier with negative feedback. Interestingly, we expected a number of letters expressing dissatisfaction with the proposed concept but that was not the case. A number of people also suggested an updated version of the output transformerless amplifiers produced by Cyril Murray and other designers in the late 1960s. These were designed to drive special high-impedance loudspeakers and if we were to update them, we would actually need to use an output-coupling transformer to drive conventional low-impedance loudspeakers, so there would not necessarily be an advantage to that approach. Regardless of what approach we actually took, our previous experience leads us to expect that few people would build the final design when they were confronted with the high price and the amount of the work required to assemble the amplifier. So we decided to take the alternative approach and upgrade our very popular 15W class-A amplifier which was featured back in 1998. We approached this with some trepidation because we well remember the problems we had with the power supply and the lengths we had to go to obtain satisfactory low residual noise. The problems were based on the heavy fixed current drain from the power supply and the relatively large hum field produced by the toroidal transformer because of that high current. However, I am delighted to report that our efforts have borne fruit. As a result of some very careful analysis of the 1998 design by Peter Smith and drawing on some circuit techniques advocated by noted audio designer Douglas Self, we have been able to get some very significant improvements, as well as a little more power, while keeping overall power dissipation to levels similar to the old design. This has been achieved by quite a number of minor improvements to the circuit, a new PC board design and a shielded toroidal power transformer which has allowed us to eliminate the earlier design’s regulated power supply which was housed in a separate box. This month we present the first in a number of articles on the new amplifier module and a subsequent stereo class-A amplifier delivering 20 watts per channel. Ultimately, it will give far better sound quality than any valve amplifier and at a far lower price. Nor will its audio performance be degraded over a relatively short time by component ageing, as happens inevitably in any valve amplifier. Leo Simpson ALTRONICS ADVERTISING CORRECTION Please note that on page 3 of the advertising flyer included with this issue, several items in the current “Altronics Price Cuts” promotion are advertised with incorrect prices. Under “Rack Shelf Discounts”, the part numbers H 5352, H 5362, H 5353 and H 5363 are shown as “2 for”. This is meant to read “2 up” – eg, H 5352 is $45 each when you buy two or more. Altronics apologises for any inconvenience caused. siliconchip.com.au For all those innovative, unique, interesting, hard to find products IP Camera Digital I/O to Ethernet Monitor your surveillance camera remotely with a web browser. Cat 3594-7 $199 Extend USB 60m Extend any USB 1.1 device up to 60m from the PC over inexpensive network cable (not included) Cat 11683-7 $99 This unit allows the user to remotely control 7 Digital I/O ports and 1 RS232/422/485 port over LAN or WAN. Cat 15157-7 $329 1800 625 777 12v Mobile PC www.mgram.com.au Suitable for cars, boats, or space critical situations. With XP Pro. Cat 1168-7 $1699 ask<at>mgram.com.au Wireless VGA Gateway Transmit VGA signals over a standard 802.11g network to the Wireless VGA Gateway. Cat 1008265-7 $549 USB VGA Adapter Use your new notebook ExpressCards in a standard PC. Requires a PCIe 1x slot. Cat 2457-7 $109 USB Microscope Easy to operate with simple magnification and focus control. Cat 3626-7 $239 DVD/CD Carousel Easily catalogue up to 150 discs, comes with software. Cat 6303-7 $269 Increase the storage space on your network with this easy to install dual IDE NAS. Cat 6900-7 $249 USB EPROM Programmer This programmer connects to a USB port & has a 32 pin ZIF socket. It will program from 16k to 8M. Cat 3624-7 $499 PCI to PCMCIA Adapter Allows the use of PCMCIA and PC Card devices designed for notebooks in a standard desktop PC. Cat 6539-7 $89 Digital I/O PCI Card Features 8 opto isolated digital input channels & 8 reed relays. Cat 17074-7 $399 Overnight delivery available* What’s New? What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’sNew? What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New? Cat. No. Dual HD NAS Macro Keypad This 20 key keypad allows the user to store multiple keystrokes or complex commands under one key. Cat 8904-7 $299 Description Price Cat 2860 2860-7 3154-7 6940-7 6941-7 PCMCIA USB 2.0 PC Card PCMCIA 2 port SATA RAID PC Card USB 2.0 to IDE/SATA Adapter with One Touch Backup USB 2.0 to eSATA Adapter 3668-7 10226-7 23050-7 Outdoor IP Camera with Night Vision Skype Dualphone Stand alone Model - no pc required! HDMI Switch 3 to 1 Serial to Ethernet Easily web enable your serial devices. Available in 1, 2, 4, and 8 port models. Cat 15141-7 (1 port) $259 $68 $89 $68 $55 Cat 10226 Cat 23050 Call $339 $199 6942-7 6943-7 6944-7 4759-7 4760-7 USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 1Gb USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 2Gb USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 4Gb Digital LCD Photo Frame 7" Digital LCD Photo Frame 8" 3669-7 3670-7 19008-7 6945-7 6946-7 6852-7 19009-7 License Plate Recognition Surveillance Software - 1 Lane License Plate Recognition Surveillance Software - 2 Lane USB Telephone Recorder DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 1 DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 5 DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 9 Telephone Visual Signal Alert 11929-7 17110-7 17111-7 6947-7 6948-7 Wireless RS-485 Link - Up to 900m Line of Sight Hard Disk Encryptor / Security Key - PCI Card Hard Disk Encryptor / Security Key - Front Bay eSATA 4 Port Hub eSATA 5 x Hard Disk Enclosure $199 $199 $184 $799 1182-7 1183-7 1184-7 1185-7 Cat 11929 10" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD 10" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD with Touchscreen 17" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD 17" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD with Touchscreen $1799 Call $3099 Call Cat 4760 Cat 6946 $46 $78 $163 $199 $279 $1700 $2200 $167 $599 $1799 $2999 $129 Laser Barcode Scanner Comes with a stand and a 5 year warranty! Attaches to a PS/2 port. Cat 8613-7 $399 LGA775 Motherboard with ISA This i915G based motherboard supports Pentium D CPUs and has 2 ISA slots. Cat 17101-7 $699 Wireless TV Sharer Transmit Video and Audio signals (RCA) up to 100m over a wireless link. Also relays an Infrared remote control. Cat 11808-7 $79 DVI Extender Extend DVI up to 25m over network cable. Cat 3628-7 $269 Not sure what’s needed? Call us for friendly advice! ask<at>mgram.com.au phone: 1800 625 777 or visit www.mgram.com.au Reseller inquiries welcome * Parcels under 3kg to major centres. All prices subject to change without notice. For current pricing visit our website. Pictures are indicative only. SHORE AD/MGRM0407 PCIe to ExpressCard Plugs into a USB 2.0 port and allows the user to extend their desktop over two screens (or three screens if already using a dual head video card). Cat 15156-7 $179 MAILBAG Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may edit and has the right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions to “Ask SILICON CHIP” and “Circuit Notebook”. CFL energy savings non-existent With regard to your article on the proposed ban on incandescent lamps (April 2007), the purpose is to save energy, right? Maybe our politicians ought to take a step back and look at the bigger picture. The cost of a product often relates reasonably well to the energy cost of mining and refining the raw material, manufacturing, packaging and transport. So a CFL might cost say 10 times the (energy) cost of an equivalent incandescent to supply to the customer. I have quite a number of lamps in my house that are essential but are infrequently used and then only for very short periods of time. I’ve yet to see a 500W CFL flood lamp and would hate to think of the cost – yet my rear security light is just that and would operate for perhaps 90 seconds per year! SILICON CHIP: the last of the Mohicans Firstly, congratulations on the outcome of your first excellence awards, announced in the February 2007 issue. It is really hoped that this initiative continues to grow. Remember that if even one student is motivated you have succeeded. Perhaps I could be described as a “magazine junkie”, having started in my school days with Radio & Hobbies and moving on to such publications as Electronics World, Electronics Australia, ETI, CQ, QST, 73, Talking Electronics, Nuts and Volts, Practical Wireless, Amateur Radio and from its first issue, SILICON CHIP. No doubt you have visited a newsagency recently and have observed that you are just about the last of the Mohicans. We all have pet theories as to the mechanisms driving the demise of 4  Silicon Chip The point I am making is that putting CFLs in these locations will certainly result in a net whole-of-life energy loss. That is, the power station will have to produce more power to make and run these CFL lamps, over a lifetime, than the incandescents they replace. Obviously, this argument does not apply to high-use lamps and I support their application. But in my considerable experience, the life of CFLs can more typically be around the 300-2000 hour mark and this seriously impacts the energy benefits of their use. Perhaps the pollies need to employ engineers to add some logic and sense to their pontifications. Ian Thompson, Duncraig, WA. 23W energy saver lamp flashes at night I would like to bring an interesting side effect of CFLs to your attention. I bought two 23-watt “Philips Torsome of these publications and I see the deliberate “dumbing down” of the country right at the top of my list. In the midst of all of this, SILICON CHIP has continued to go from strength to strength, so please take a pat on the back, as my perception is that it is serving a wider interest base. In his comments on the publication of articles on valve amplifiers (Mailbag, page 9, February 2007), Ian Farquar is certainly on the wrong tram. In the world of hobby electronics, experimentation is a positive way forward and valve technology, albeit becoming obsolescent, is a valid hobby interest. While comparisons between valve and solidstate technology may be valuable, discussions as to which is “better” are meaningless. Any “hands-on” experience gain­ ed through construction will provide nado”, “Compact High Light Output”, “Energy Saver” light bulbs from Coles in Sydney. The packaging states that they “can operate within 170-250V range”. These bulbs are very bright (equivalent to 125W incandescent) and give off a fairly pleasant warm white light. The interesting (and slightly irritating) bit is that when mounted in a ceiling light and with the wall switch turned off, the lamp dimly flashes very briefly several times a minute, all night! I tested each of the bulbs in various ceiling fittings, finding the flash rate varies slightly, depending on location. Neither bulb would flash in a lamp that breaks both Neutral and Active. I could not reproduce the effect in several other types of “energy saver” lamps that I have at hand. The light circuit wiring and switcheducational benefits well beyond the use of commercially-built equipment or computer simulation. It must be said that the current wave of TV advertisements promoting apprenticeships and encouraging students to turn to maths and science raise doubts in regard to the motivation behind them. With the anti-science campaign of recent years being so well organised and funded, and indeed being very successful, I wonder how it will be possible to put the knitting back together. For example, how could a student cope with university level studies in maths and science-oriented subjects after passing through a school system where the teachers of these subjects are on the endangered species list? George McLeod, via email. siliconchip.com.au Atmel’s AVR, from JED in Australia Playmaster AM/FM tuner morphed into mailbox Almost the whole nation is awash with idiotic-sized tiny letterboxes which were designed for the needs of the 1920s. There must be millions of (A4-size) magazines which are subscribed to in Australia every year but when they arrive at the average home, we see the mail-person fold it in half and squeeze it (and any attached CD or DVD) through the tiny slot of the letterbox. My personal solution to the problem is the new Playmaster Snailmail Inbox project. It is the perfect size for A4 magazines and is based on the Playmaster Stereo FM Tuner-Digital Clock project by Leo Simpson in the November & December 1978 and January 1979 issues of “Electronics Australia” magazine. I also plan to have a 150mm diameter newspaper tube suspended underneath it. Michael Katalinic, Lavington, NSW. es in our house is old and possibly a bit leaky. The switch is definitely in the “Active” line. An old DMM shows either zero or 1-2V AC across the open circuit socket with the light switch off. I assume that there must be some fairly efficient (non-leaky) electronics in the bulbs to produce this effect. The only device, to my knowledge, of similar efficiency is a neon indicator that has sufficiently high impedance to flicker in this sort of situation. Lee Braithwaite, via email. Comment: we recently observed the flashing CFL effect ourselves in a number of lamp fittings. We have concluded that it is not a fault in the CFL or the 240VAC wiring but an artefact of the capacitance of the wiring to the light switch (from the ceiling junction box). In a typical home, this will be about six to eight metres of sheathed twin cable and this can be expected to have a capacitance of maybe 300pF or more. In effect, this cable capacitance across the switch lets the CFL bridge rectifier build up sufficient DC to let the circuit fire the CFL tube, collapsing siliconchip.com.au JED has designed a range of single board computers and modules as a way of using the AVR without SMT board design Comment: what sacrilege! Your old AM/FM tuner project should be venerated in a softly lit display case in your home rather than having to stand out in the elements and being force-fed junk mail. We are very sad at this sorry state of affairs. Seriously, you are right. But rather than recycle defenceless tuners, there are millions of old computer cases which would be suitable for the job. Painted and adorned with a street number, they should last many years. the DC and letting the cycle repeat ad infinitum. It is acting as a relaxation oscillator. While you are aware of the flashing effect only at night, it happens all the time. If it worries you, it could be stopped by connecting a small capacitor across the CFL socket, say .01mF (10nF) 250VAC class X2. Alternatively, the effect could probably be stopped if the cable to the switch was changed to “twin and earth”. This leakage capacitance effect also occurs with incandescent lamps (and any other load for that matter) but it is of academic interest only. GPS frequency reference is not optimum I would have expected a more reliable design than that used for the GPS-Based Frequency Reference in the March 2007 issue. The method used to cascade counters IC4 & IC5 is incorrect. The TC output of a 74HC160 synchronous counter is not guaranteed to be glitch-free and the following counter can increment on glitches in TC. The correct method would have been to cascade the two 74HC160s and the The AVR570 module (above) is a way of using an ATmega128 CPU on a user base board without having to lay out the intricate, surface-mounted surrounds of the CPU, and then having to manufacture your board on an SMT robot line. Instead you simply layout a square for four 0.1” spaced socket strips and plug in our pre-tested module. The module has the crystal, resetter, AVR-ISP programming header (and an optional JTAG ICE pad), as well as programming signal switching. For a little extra, we load a DS1305 RTC, crystal and Li battery underneath, which uses SPI and port G. See JED’s www site for a datasheet. AVR573 Single Board Computer This board uses the AVR570 module and adds 20 An./Dig. inputs, 12 FET outputs, LCD/ Kbd, 2xRS232, 1xRS485, 1-Wire, power reg. etc. See www.jedmicro.com.au/avr.htm $330 PC-PROM Programmer This programmer plugs into a PC printer port and reads, writes and edits any 28 or 32-pin PROM. Comes with plug-pack, cable and software. Also available is a multi-PROM UV eraser with timer, and a 32/32 PLCC converter. JED Microprocessors Pty Ltd 173 Boronia Rd, Boronia, Victoria, 3155 Ph. 03 9762 3588, Fax 03 9762 5499 www.jedmicro.com.au May 2007  5 Mailbag: continued Still a place for valve technology Recent Mailbag contributions have continued from a few folk who would like to see valves confined to the history books. I have the view that there is a place for this technology and that it should not be dismissed just because it is “old”. My home contains a mix of digital electronics and solid state and valve amplification units, all of which live together in peace and harmony. There is no doubt that there are plenty of readers who would be interested in seeing what your talented designers could come up with in terms of a valve amplifier. There is a plethora of solid-state amplifier designs and so a valve one would be something a bit different. EL34 and 6L6 valve types are commonly available, as is the 12AX7 for the preamp. As a point of interest, I have noted that a number of high-end ($3000+) musical instrument amplifiers are “point to point” hand-wired and following JK flipflop synchronously, by connecting the TC from IC4 to CEP of IC5, and connecting TC from IC5 to the JK inputs of both flipflops in IC6. IC4, IC5 & IC6 should then be clocked from the same 10MHz source. The easiest fix to the circuit error is to connect pin 11 of IC4 to pin 11 of IC3e, connect pin 11 of IC5 to pins 14, 3, 7 & 10 of IC5 and connect pins 1 & 5 of IC6 to pin 2 of IC5. The phase of the 50kHz signal relative to the 1MHz signal is unimportant so this fix will work well. The design will then work reliably over time and temperature even if different manufacturers’ parts are substituted. Not all 74HC160s are equivalent in performance. If instead of connecting the outputs of IC8 & IC9 to the 8-bit DAC register (IC12), the phase measurements had been filtered with a Kalman filter in the processor and then the resultant high resolution averaged data fed to the 8-bit DAC via a software dither 6  Silicon Chip use tag strips rather than PC boards. And some even use a valve rectifier (5AR4). The reality is that valves are not going to go away. The technology continues to occupy a valuable, important and respected position in high-end hifi and musical instrument amplification. John Parker, via email. Comment: we have considered all the correspondence about valve amplifiers since the editorial on the subject in the November 2006 and concluded that relatively few people would actually build a state-of-theart valve amplifier when confronted with the likely cost of well over a thousand dollars. Instead, we felt that far more people would build the class-A amplifier presented in this issue, as it will be easier to build, much lower in cost and have ultralow distortion. We can also guarantee that it will sound better than any valve amplifier. generator to increase the effective DAC resolution, far higher accuracy and stability would have been achieved. In fact the 4046 and associated dividers could have been eliminated by clocking IC8 + IC9 continuously by the 10MHz oscillator being disciplined and sampling the current count on the leading edge of the PPS signal. About 100ns RMS random jitter would need to be added to the PPS signal to ensure unbiased averaging of the phase samples. A synchroniser (8-bit shift register) would be used to synchronise the jittered PPS signal to the 10MHz oscillator being disciplined. A 74AC164 or equivalent performance device would be required to reduce the rate of synchroniser failure due to metastability to less than once in a few billion years. HCMOS is way too slow for a synchroniser. The second 10MHz oscillator is thereby also eliminated. The shortterm stability of the 10MHz oscillator could be significantly improved by using a relatively simple discrete bipolar oscillator rather than a noisy gate oscillator. It should then not be too difficult to achieve a short and long-term stability of better than a few parts in a billion. Dr Bruce Griffiths, Hamilton, NZ. Comment: see the amended GPSBased Frequency Reference circuit in this issue. Dumped computers have intact records Here are some ideas for recycling. When I buy a drum pack of CDs there are spacer washers included on each side of the stack to keep the CDs from self-destructing in transit. These are perfectly sized for hose to tap washers on your garden hose. With the advent of reasonably priced “direct to CD” printers, the imagination runs wild on all the possible designs for clock faces that could be printed on a CD (at less than 30c). For $5 or less you can get a quartz clock movement from craft or $2 shops that fit extremely well in the hole of the CD. It makes a nice, original, useful, cheap gift. CD-ROM drives can be used (with a redundant power supply) as a standalone CD player. The analog output is directly compatible with any consumer amplifier line RCA inputs, so all you need to do is make up a lead with the right plugs. However, when selecting a CD-ROM, check the front panel buttons and make sure it has a dedicated play/skip button in addition to the eject button, so it can be manually operated; some drives don’t have this feature. Obviously, to keep it simple, there is no software control and it could be mounted in a box with an environmentally friendly off switch. On a more serious note, computers from my local tip/recycling centre/ waste management facility now include DDR P4s, in addition to the odd $10,000 industrial colour laser (HP8550DN, HP4500DN), mono lasers (HP4050DN by the score), plotters (HP650C, HP755CM) and photocopiers, sometimes with absolutely nothing wrong with them other than crash damage from being toppled out of a ute/truck. siliconchip.com.au However, my concern is the boxes that, for whatever reason, have become superfluous to present needs and end up on the heap. Some computers do have minor faults (maybe a dirty connection, blown video card, modem or power supply, or the RAM needs reseating) but they often come with the entire hard drive intact, just waiting to be removed and re-sited in my test rig for perusal. I have come across computers from a government hospital with full patient records, from an accountant with every­one and their stuff that he’s worked for since 1993, a solicitor with 36,000 individual clients, what they own, where it is, how much it’s worth, etc, defence department machines with names & addresses of generals and other senior ranks, schools with personal child details, small businesses and all their affairs, plus aid agencies (both domestic and international). I’m no wizard, so if I can access this then what do the dedicated detectives see when they go looking? By bringing this up I’m probably shooting myself in the foot and I’ll have to start collecting garbage bags and food scraps ‘cause there won’t be any more hardware. But I will be able to sleep soundly knowing that I’ve done the altruistic bit this year. Any other readers got similar horror stories? Name and address supplied but withheld at the writer’s request. Comment: you would think that any government department or business would at least security wipe any drives before dumping computers. Better still, they should pull out the drive and destroy it, to prevent data recovery. Modern cars have too much performance With respect to Julian Edgar’s scathing article on fuel economy, etc of modern cars (SILICON CHIP, December 2006), I fully concur with everything he said but he should have said more. In the mid 1970s when the fuel crisis had become reality, I remember an article quoting vehicle manufacturers’ predictions whereby in the 1990s we would have cars that would achieve 3 litres/100km. This could be one of those false memories that some of us suffer from time to time but there is siliconchip.com.au no doubt in my mind it could have been achieved. Julian blames weight, which is a big factor. I blame the power-to-weight factor. Many modern cars would have been racing cars in the 1960s and 1970s. Recently, the Topgear TV show put two muscle cars from the 1960s, a Jaguar E-type & an Aston Martin DB4, against a Honda Accord Euro (2.4l). The Honda murdered the oldies in every test. How much better would fuel economy now be if we stayed with the same performance levels as average cars of the 1970s? John Taylor, Donvale, Vic. It’s no fluke that Agilent’s new DMM was voted... Ferocious Felines Fouling Flivver’s Fine Paint Finish In reference to your correspondent’s problem with cats scratching the paint of his/her new car (Ask SILICON CHIP, February 2007), a friend has the same problem and solves it effectively by putting mothballs in a stocking and leaving the bag on the bonnet of his car. The cats soon got the message. Keith Gooley, Adelaide, SA. Priority switching for CB radio I am writing in response to the request by T. D. (Ask SILICON CHIP, March 2007) regarding a mixer for CB and/or mobile signals through his car sound system. This system was used in the 23-channel “Clarion JC-201E” CB radio, using the “RCJ-001” remote control head. This operated a relay to switch both stereo channels from the stereo system, the right channel being silenced and the CB output being fed to the left channel. The remote head in this case also housed the channel selector but this had no role in the audio switching, the incoming audio providing the drive signal to the switching transistor to operate the relay. The audio was controlled by the “Squelch” control, hence only a user-selectable level of audio was applied to the system. This ensured reliable operation and avoiding undesired interference to the stereo sound. Don Henriks, Adelaide, SA. ...one of the Top 100 Products of 2006. Introducing the new U1252A DMM from Agilent Technologies, the world leader in Test & Measurement. The U1252A comes with... - Dual simultaneous measurements - 4.5 digit resolution on both displays - 0.025% Basic DCV accuracy; True RMS AC measurements - Dual temperature; Capacitance 10nF to 100mF - 20MHz Frequency Counter; Maths Functions - Programmable square-wave generator - Rechargeable battery, backlit LCD display - Free PC connectivity software for data-logging (optional cable required) - Built tough and reliable - Calibration certificate included - 3 year Australian warranty ...and at a very affordable price! Model U1251A Model U1252A $586 + GST $641 + GST Download product brochures, view online demos, and purchase online at www.measurement.net.au. Agilent’s new handhelds are distributed Australia-wide by Measurement Innovation. Tel: 1300 726 550 www.measurement.net.au May 2007  7 Jaycar Suns shatters ra On 16th January this year, the Jaycar Sunswift III solar car rolled into Sydney after five and a half days on the road from Perth, shattering the previous West-East Transcontinental Record by three days. The UNSW Solar Racing Team is to be congratulated for their tremendous achievement. 8  Silicon iliconCChip hip siliconchip.com.au swift III ace record by LEO SIMPSON siliconchip.com.au May 2007  9 D espite cloudy weather for the first two days of the record attempt the team was still able to push through for the fastest ever time. This record is unlikely to ever be bettered since the technical regulations have changed for the next solar car race, requiring the vehicles to be more like conventional cars. The adventurer Hans Tholstrup did the original westeast Australian solar car trip in 1983, in his solar car, the Quiet Achiever. Subsequently, in 1987, the World Solar Challenge invited bright young engineers and scientists from around the world to pursue the ideals of sustainable transport. The ultimate challenge is to design and build a car capable of travelling across the Australian Continent on the power of sunlight and prove it by undertaking the 3000km journey in the spirit of friendly competition against others with the same goal. Over the last 20 years more than 300 solar car teams from around the globe have competed in the race from Darwin to Adelaide. In effect, by breaking the West-East Transcontinental record, the Jaycar Sunswift has written the last chapter for solar race cars as we know them. Why? Because this year’s Panasonic World Solar Challenge will be run with more conventionally shaped cars, ending the reign of cars which are shaped like a credit card and not much thicker. Jaycar Sunswift probably also marks the end of evolution of existing solar car electronics, although this remains to be seen. Suffice to say, it is the end of development of cars measuring 6m x 2m and with driver lying supine in a mobile sauna. Evolution has been the key word in solar car development over the last 20 years. Their overall design has changed relatively little while their overall efficiency has approached 100% but never quite got there – the classic asymptote. It was time for a change. Ultimately, Sunswift is a show-case of the best in solar car technology, as this story demonstrate s. Dave Snowdon, from the University of NSW, designed the electrical system in Sunswift III over the last five years or so. The major components are the motor, motor control- Here’s the Jaycar Sunswift III, tailed by support vehicles, on Sydney’s M5 motorway, nearing the end of its epic journey. They didn’t tell us if they had to pay the toll . . . 10  Silicon Chip If you’re looking for comfort in the drive from Perth to Sydney, we’re betting that the Jaycar Sunswift III is not the best way to go. But what fantastic fuel economy: 0l/100km! ler, solar array, maximum power point trackers, batteries and telemetry/control system. Pancake motor The car’s motor is built into one of the rear wheels in order to save the losses in a transmission if it were used. The downside of that is more rapid tyre wear in the driven wheel but the extra weight of dual wheel drive was thereby avoided. The motor itself is approximately 98% efficient. The electrical design of the motor was produced by the CSIRO for the Aurora solar car. It is essentially a brushless AC motor with a central stator (containing the windings) and an outer rotor (containing the magnets). In effect, it is like an inside/out synchronous motor and long-time tape recording enthusiasts would recognise this as being similar in construction to a Papst motor. The differences are many. For a start, the motor is very thin, allowing it to fit inside a thin wheel hub and streamlined fairing, for minimum wind resistance. The mechanical design of the motor was done by a thesis student and involved significant analysis. There is roughly 6kN force between the two rings of magnets when the mo- And speaking of support vehicles, here’s the inside of one. It has both voice and telemetry contact with the solar car by radio, GPS and (just in view at left) laptop diagnostics. siliconchip.com.au Back in the workshop at UNSW, Simon Li, now Electrical Team Leader, shows us the driver’s position. It’s almost supine, with just the head poking up through the solar cell “lid” into the clear head guard. The two joysticks (one in each hand) control the vehicle’s direction and speed. tor is assembled but the motor casing must also take all the cornering loads, etc. Motor controller The motor controller fills the normal role of the commutator. Three Hall Effect sensors allow it to sense the position of the magnets relative to the windings and then switch the motor currents accordingly. The controller was designed by Tritium Pty Ltd, who originally worked on the University of Queensland’s Sunshark solar car project. The UNSW team worked closely with Tritium while they were developing the controller and added a CAN interface and other improvements. The controller is about 99% efficient. It consists of three Mosfet half bridges (one for each phase of the motor) and a Digital Signal Processor. (Readers wanting to understand bridge motor drive should refer to the DC Speed Control article elsewhere in this issue). The motor controller pulse width modulates the bottom Mosfets in the half bridges in order to regulate the motor current and to control the speed. The motor controller also provides regenerative braking (ie, turning the motor into a generator, to charge the batteries while slowing the car down) by switching the phases in the appropriate order. The motor controller can handle up to 100A through the phases at up to 170V DC. The motor controller outputs a square wave (ie, the phases are either on or off, directly dependent on the state of the Hall Effect sensors. This causes a small efficiency loss, since the current is always at the same high value for a given torque. A newer version of the controller will produce a sinewave output which will have a higher peak but lower RMS current, for the same torque, giving better efficiency. Interestingly, those very high currents caused severe problems with motor over-heating when climbing long hills at low speeds. The high currents are partly a result of the “coreless” construction of the motor, meaning that it generates very little back-EMF at low speeds. So in spite the motor being rated at up to 98% efficient, at low speeds siliconchip.com.au Again back at UNSW, Yael Augarten (one of the Sunswift’s drivers) shows the inside of the driver’s “cabin”. The full racing harness is essential, just in case a large gust manages to cause loss of control. it is nowhere near that efficient and dissipates considerable heat as a result. This problem was exacerbated by the very poor ventilation inside the motor hub and wheel fairing – streamlining has a definite downside here. Solar array Sunswift III’s solar array is made up of 1034 Sunpower A-300 solar cells. These are back-side contact cells, which means the electrical contacts don’t shade the front of the cell. Their efficiency is between 20 and 21%. The cells have been laser-cut to be rectangular so that they can be packed tighter into the solar array. They were encapsulated into thin, flexible panels by Hans Gochermann. Electrically, the solar array is organised into six panels consisting of more than 100 cells wired in series. This Working on the inside-wheel motor. There is only one wheel driven to save weight, albeit at the expense of tyre wear. The motor is up to 98% efficient. May 2007  11 Unlike most cars, hoisting the bonnet simply means taking the solar-panel “lid” completely off. Taking it off is not difficult, as this photo shows. Four people can easily lift it – it’s unwieldy rather than heavy. is necessary for several reasons, the main one being cell matching. A solar cell is only able to pass as much current as the light falling onto it will allow. Even if two identical cells are wired in series, if one is receiving less light than the other, the optimum current will be close to the optimum current for the cell receiving the least light. This is particularly important in a curved array, where cells which point in the same direction will receive about the same amount of light. The UNSW team did thorough simulations of the car over the course of the World Solar Challenge (from Darwin to Adelaide) to work out which parts of the car received the same amount of light for most of the day and secondly, where the best cells should be placed (since there is a spread in efficiency, even within the same type of solar cell). The other consideration when designing the solar array electrically was the Maximum Power Point Tracker (MPPT) voltage. The closer the solar array voltage to the battery pack voltage, the higher the efficiency of the MPPT. The solar cells have an open-circuit voltage of approximately 0.65V and a maximum power voltage of approximately 0.55V. Solar cells have a non-linear current-voltage (IV) curve. That means that the solar cells will operate best at a particular voltage. The position and shape of the curves changes dramatically with changing light conditions. By contrast, the battery voltage varies according to its state of charge. Therefore to get the maximum output from the solar array, separate MPPTs are connected to each solar panel. The MPPT is a boost converter which attempts to find the solar panel’s maximum power voltage (Vmp) and perform a voltage conversion from that voltage to the battery voltage. The MPPTs for the Sunswift are partly home-grown and partly outsourced. The power section was manufactured by the University in Biel, Switzerland, who sell MPPTs to other solar car teams. The control section is home-grown, based around a microcontroller and an FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array). The FPGA is required to generate the relatively complex timing signals required by the power section. The power section uses a soft-switching boost converter. “Soft switching” means that there is both zero voltage and zero current across and through the transistors when they switch. Two Mosfets are required for this topology and a third is required for synchronous rectification. As a result, the boost converter is up to 99% efficient. Believe it or not, this three-line alphanumeric display is the only instrumentation the driver can see. As well as current, voltage, power for the array, battery and motor, it shows speed and motor temperature. The driver does have rear vision, courtesy of the video camera mounted behind his/her head and an LCD mounted inside the vehicle. This photo also shows two battery packs and some of the control equipment. Maximum power point tracker 12  Silicon Chip siliconchip.com.au The control section measures the input current and voltage and output voltage. It runs an inner control loop to maintain a given voltage on the solar panel (since the voltage doesn’t change nearly as much with changing light conditions), and an outer current loop to adjust that voltage in order to find the maximum power point. It can adjust it by one of several algorithms. The two most well-known algorithms are “perturb and observe”(for hill-climbing) and “fixed-percentage” which periodically stops the tracker, measures the open-circuit voltage and takes a fixed percentage of that to be an estimate of Vmp). The control section also connects to the car’s CAN network for telemetry. Batteries and microcontrollers Sunswift’s batteries consist of 200 prismatic lithiumpolymer cells. These are wired into modules of five in parallel, and 40 of the modules are wired in series to give a complete battery pack. This gives a pack which is right on the World Solar Challenge’s 30kg limit. At 4.1V per cell, the battery pack can be charged to 164V and discharged to 2.7V per cell (108V) when absolutely flat. The pack has a capacity 40Ah and can drive the car approximately 300km at 100km/h. The batteries are connected to a custom-designed battery monitoring system. The battery monitoring system is built into the same PC boards which form the interconnection between the cells. Each PC board has a microcontroller which monitors four of the series modules. There 10 microcontrollers which communicate with a master via an isolated serial bus. The microcontrollers themselves are powered via linear regulators from the batteries they are measuring. The battery monitoring system is important because the cells are not necessarily identical and therefore do not charge and discharge the same way. Cells can become out of balance at different states of charge. The guys assured us they were not being (overly!) sexist with “Yael’s First Drive” trophy . . . they admitted that just about all novice drivers manage to damage tyres while they get the hang of controlling the vehicle. The car’s telemetry and control system consists of a telemetry network and a control bus. The control bus is a dedicated link between the driver controls and the motor controller, and is a simple serial RS485 bus. The telemetry uses a CAN network, consisting of a large number of microcontroller-based nodes spread throughout the car. These nodes have dedicated jobs such as controlling the front indicators, measuring the battery/array/motor current and interfacing with the battery monitoring system. A CAN network links all these nodes, the MPPTs and the motor controller. All the data off the network, is sent in packet form by wireless ethernet to the support car. The support car can also send messages back to the telemetry network for con- Apart from the tiny driver’s pod, the whole surface of the vehicle is covered with solar panels. They are specially made to be able to fix to curved surfaces and in total are worth approximately $150,000 The low-profile and extremely low resistance Michelin radial tyres were made specifically for the solar racers but are now unfortunately not available. The team is now looking for alternative tyres. CAN and telemetry siliconchip.com.au May 2007  13 Here’s a close-up of one of the battery boxes. Every cell is individually monitored to ensure that maximum power is available from each one. Some of the connecting buses are shown in the photo below (the side of the above photo) and a couple of the lipol cells are showing signs of expansion. in order to know exactly how far the car has gone and needs to go. This is essential for race strategy. Tilt sensor – measures the car’s angle up/down relative to horizontal. This allows the strategy software to calculate how much power the car would be using on a flat road, and fit a model so that it is possible to a) work out whether the car is using more or less power than it should and b) what speed the car should be run at in order to reach the destination (the course survey also gives the gradient and overall rise). One-wire temperature sensors – controls a network of 1-wire temperature sensors on the solar array. MPPT - sends out panel current and voltage, as well as several diagnostic values such as heatsink temperature and ambient temperature. Is configurable via the network (can change the tracking algorithm, perform an IV sweep, etc). Motor controller - sends out lots of data. The main values are the car’s speed, motor current, input current (which is also measured in the negative sum), motor temperature, motor controller temperature, low-voltage bus voltage, etc. The motor controller can also be controlled via the network, including modification of the cruise-control set point. Driver display - a 40x2 character LCD panel allows the driver to read what is going on, including speed. The driver also tries to maintain limits on the motor currents in order to avoid overheating and loss in efficiency. Furthermore, should the wireless link fail, the driver can communicate information displayed on the driver display back to the support vehicle via CB radio. Left-hand-side controls - while the driver’s right-handside controls interface directly with the motor controller via RS485, the left hand side controls interface with the CAN network and controls the indicators, hazards, horn, etc. There are also other miscellaneous electronic devices in the car, including the rear vision display and camera and CB radio. In summary, while the photos in this article show that Sunswift is not much different mechanically speaking, from many earlier World Solar Challenge vehicles, its overall electronics and electric design is fiendishly complex. What will the new solar race vehicles bring? SC Websites for further information: www.sunswift.com www.tip.csiro.au/Machines/success/sc.html trol, configuration and maintenance purposes. The entire network is isolated, giving the system fault tolerance. The whole system is decentralised, meaning that if one node fails, the rest of the system should continue to operate. Some of the most interesting CAN nodes in the car are follows: Negative sum – forms the negative star-point of the battery, motor and array. It measures the current from each into the star-point using isolated Hall Effect sensors. It also measures the battery pack voltage and integrates the currents to give amp-hours. This forms the basis of battery state of charge estimation. GPS – measures the car’s position, altitude, etc. This allows the support car to do a look-up in the course database 14  Silicon Chip for information on CSIRO motor design. www.chuck-wright.com/SolarSprintPV/ SolarSprintPV.html for information on solar cells www.wsc.org.au/2007 for World Solar Challenge technical and event regulations www.tritium.com.au/ for information on motor controllers Acknowledgement: Our thanks to David Snowdon, Yael Augarten and other members of the UNSW Solar Racing Team for their assistance in the preparation of this article. siliconchip.com.au siliconchip.com.au May 2007  15 GIVE ’EM A Not too many (any?) hifi systems these days come with a record turntable. So what do you do with that collection that’s been gathering dust since your old faithful died? There’s plenty of turntables out there! Just dip into our listing. by BARRIE SMITH I f you had any doubts about the future of LP recordings just walk around your local hifi store and see the bins full of LP reissues and even some new titles. And they’re not cheap either, with prices frequently level with and sometimes above new CDs. Maybe you want to wrap your tone arm around the Buddy Holly LP, “pressed on 180 grams of virgin vinyl, remastered from the original tapes without compression!” Just $48 for a singe disc. Of course, the happy hunting grounds for vinyl platters with a bit of age on them are the charity shops, garage sales and school/church fetes. Plenty of people these days are spending the odd hour or spare day converting their vinyl to CD or MPS tracks for use in iPods and similar. With the right software you can bring analog recordings back to original quality: no clicks, bumps, pops. You need a turntable. There are a few options: you may have no desire to mix it with eBay to grab a preloved turntable from a seller that probably matches the age of your LP collection. If you’re in need of some turntables or other components of a ‘certain age’ you will be surprised at how easy and economical they are to acquire these days. Aside from checking around with friends (especially 16  Silicon Chip the spouses or partners thereof!) to prise some unwanted hardware from their hesitant fingers, the next stop should be the used section of hifi retailers. But you may find the occasional absence of manuals with used equipment a bit of a bind! I regularly haunt Len Wallis’ premises in Sydney; the pre-owned amps, turntables and tape machines are a joy to behold, in excellent working order and very fairly priced. Other cities have similar businesses you can scour. But if you prefer not to mess with gear of an indeterminate age and go the new route, there is a virtual forest of new models out there from prestige manufacturers, as well as the majors like Sony and Panasonic. New turntables can vary enormously in price, comparable in the range from a second hand Datsun 120Y to a new Merc 200; I’m talking in a range from $400 to $68,000! This turntable listing includes units priced below $2000. There are others … but if you’re spending in the tens of thousands of dollars for a turntable to retrieve the sonic glories of yesterday you either need your head read — or you should get out more! (BTW: the abbreviation MM in the listing stands for moving magnet cartridge.) siliconchip.com.au SPIN! Buying a turntable The argument continues: is the reproduction of sound from an analog LP superior to that from a digital CD? I’m not buying into it other than to say I personally don’t miss the clicks and bumps from a vinyl LP and I do find the quality on the best of CDs far superior to that of top LPs. So there. But if you want to copy your LP collection to CD and you’ve dumped the family record player years ago there is no alternative: you will be buying a new or second hand turntable. Basic turntable construction is just that: pretty basic. In the main case there is a motor, a drive system which connects the motor to the platter so that it rotates at the appropriate speed and usually (though not always) some method of selecting that speed. Alongside the platter (which itself rotates the records) is a tone arm which moves over the surface of the record. It carries the cartridge which converts into electrical signals the miniscule movement of the stylus as it tracks the record’s groove and vibrates from side to side in accordance with what was recorded in that groove. There is usually some method of adjusting the downward force the stylus exerts on the record. siliconchip.com.au The best turntable systems can reduce the clicks and other noise from the record surface while inferior turntables may well exacerbate this. Speeds 33-1/3 RPM (revolutions per minute), 45 RPM and the lesser seen (older) 78 RPM are the main ones you will encounter. Let’s hope you’re not confronted by 16-2/3 RPM discs; many older turntables do not handle th is speed! Before investing in a turntable, check to see if your amplifier or receiver has “phono” inputs. These are inputs with (a) the appropriate sensitivity (usually around 5-10mV); (b) the appropriate input impedance (around 50kW) and (c) most importantly, response tailored to reverse the equalisation which is applied to records in the manufacturing stage. If your amplifier or receiver doesn’t have such an input, you will have to buy a turntable with inbuilt preamp or buy/ build a separate preamp to connect between the turntable and your amp/receiver. The output from such a preamp (or preamp-equipped turntable) can be fed directly into the sound input of your computer for dubbing onto the final CD. Many computers only have “mic” inputs – use this in the absence of a “line in” input and reduce the gain. May 2007  17 Recorded Sound Progress A successful and commercially viable method of recording and reproducing sound was long in coming but it was not until 1948 and the arrival of the 12 inch 33-1/3 RPM vinyl LP that music quality began to approach that of the original performance. The earliest recorded sound system dates back to circa 1500 BC. The mammoth “vocal” statue of Memnon at Thebes had the ability to make the sound of a harp string every day. The early 16th century saw the appearance of barrel organs, using rotating cylinders and attached pins, driven by clockwork gears that reproduced sound. Jacquard’s punched card system, initially devised to weave fabrics in the early 1800s, became the basis of an organ driven by bellows, pumping air jets through the card holes to create music. The approach was similar to the player piano and paper rolls that many of us grew up with. Edouard-Leon Scott de Martinville in Paris made a Berliner Gramophone “phonautograph” in 1857 to trace of 1888waves onto a carbonised cylinder with a stylus attached sound to a diaphragm that vibrated from spoken sounds. The device did not record the sound, only a graphical image of sound. In 1877 Charles Cros described a phonograph device but never built a model. Edison was seeking to improve the telephone in 1877 when he discovered the recording device known as the phonograph. In the same year Edison recorded a human voice speaking “Mary had a little lamb” onto the first phonograph using a tinfoil cylinder. Playing time was about 2-3 minutes. Early materials used for the cylinders were lead and wax. The Graphophone (as distinct from Gramophone) was patented in 1885, using wax-coated cylinders incised with vertical-cut grooves. Emil Berliner was first with a phonograph — the gramophone — in 1887 that used a flat disc, a non-wax disc engraved with a lateral-cut groove. The 7-inch (17.5cm) disc was hand-cranked at 30 RPM with a two minute playing time. Berliner was the first to mass-produce hard rubber vulcanite copies from a zinc master disc. He later used shellac, which was used later in pressing the popular 78 RPM records that were displaced by vinyl LPs only in 1948. The early steel styluses tracked at a weight of nine ounces (255 grams). Magnetic recorders came along in 1898, patented by Valdemar Poulsen using steel wire. Wire recorders were still in use by Australian radio Edison tinfoil phonograph 18  Silicon Chip stations in the 1950s. Double-sided flat discs were first sold in the early 1900s. HMV marketed a complete opera on 40 single-sided discs. The Odeon company competed with the Nutcracker Suite on four double-sided discs. Edison fought back in 1912 with blue celluloid cylinders that played for four minutes. Played with a diamond stylus, the new cylinder had low surface noise that gave better quality than flat discs of the period. However Thomas Alva finally conceded victory to the flat disc and began to use discs with a surface of plastic, laminated to a 1/4 inch thickness, similar to Bakelite. The bane of careful record collectors was the automatic record changer. The average gramophone, loaded with a dozen LPs could be guaranteed to destroy the audio quality on those hapless discs in doublequick time. The world’s first automatic record Berliner hand Gramophone changer was invented by Tasmanian Eric Waterworth, who showed it first at the 1927 Sydney Home Show. Due to a series of events Waterworth did not profit from the device, the patents lapsed and a number of English companies manufactured record-changing gramophones with almost all of them using the stepped centre spindle — a central feature of Waterworth’s design (information from SPAT). Vinyl discs were first used in 1929 when RCA began making transcription discs from optical movie soundtracks for radio stations to play on air. The same year saw the final production run of Ed ison cylinders and discs. In 1930, RCA Victor launched the first commerciallyavailable vinyl long-playing record, marketed as “Program Transcription” discs. These revolutionary discs were designed for playback at 33 RPM and pressed on a 30cmdiameter flexible plastic disc Many 78s were not recorded at exactly 78 RPM: speeds of between 72 and 85 RPM were quite common. A standard speed was not decided upon until around 1930. Up until then, record and replay speeds were pretty much subject to the left to the fancy of the various record companies; in fact, speeds ranged anywhere from 60 to 130 RPM. The majority of records, as it worked out, played quite successfully at speeds that ran from 72 to 82 RPM. Some examples: Edison and Diamond Discs siliconchip.com.au siliconchip.com.au May 2007  19 play at 80 RPM. Early Pathé discs run at 100 RPM. It was rare that a ‘78 RPM’ record actually played at a true 78 RPM. All of these will track happily at 4-5 grams, the optimum weight given the groove-wall geometry/dynamics of the 78. The first magnetic tape recorder was built in Germany by Dr. Fritz Pfleumer and AEG/Telefunken in 1931; BASF/AEG made the tape. This recorder was publicly demonstrated in Berlin in 1935. This invention became the foundation of the US Ampex corporation (see Ampex and Germany). Ampex got a leg up thanks to an enterprising US engineer and the end of WW2. (See AMPEX and Germany). 1948: Columbia introduced the first 12-inch 33-1/3 RPM micro-groove LP vinyl record with 23 minutes per side capacity. Tracking weights of 5-8 grams were common. 1949: RCA Victor introduced the 7 inch 45 RPM micro-groove “Extended Play” vinylite record and player. 1953: Elvis Presley made his first recording on disc at the Sun Studio of Sam Phillips in Memphis; the second recording by Elvis at Sun a year later was taped on two Ampex 350 recorders. 1956: the Chrysler Imperial 16-2/3 RPM record player with 7-inch ultra microgroove records appeared. 1958: world standard for stereo records estabRCA Victor Phonograph lished and first stereo LPs sold. 1963: Philips demonstrated its first compact audio cassette Columbia using Graphophone high quality BASF polyester 1/8 inch tape that ran at 1-7/8 inches/second. 1966: US cars were equipped with 8-track stereo cartridge tape players made by the Lear Jet Corporation. 1969: Dolby Noise Reduction introduced. 1971: quadraphonic records were announced, recording four separate sound signals. This was achieved on the two stereo channels by electronic matrixing, where the additional channels were combined into the main signal. 1982: first digital audio 12.5cm CD discs marketed by Sony and Philips. The maximum playing time would be 74 minutes, long enough to hold Beethoven’s 9th Symphony. 1987: Digital Audio Tape (DAT) players introduced. It was recently announced that production of DAT recorders is to end. 1999: Sony and Philips launch Super Audio CDs (SACD) delivering two channel stereo and (optionally) a 5.1 channel surround mix. 2000: DVD-Audio discs appeared, offering reproduction of up to 7.1 channels. 2001: Apple’s iPod, using a minuscule internal hard drive, is on the market. Early Gramophone Looking for real performance? • Learn how engine management systems work 160 PAGES • Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo 2 3 CHAPTERS boost systems • Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency, temperature and voltage • Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixture and brake and coolant temperatures • Speedo Corrector, Turbo Timer & Digital Thermometer Projects Order by phoning (02) 9939 3295 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details to (02) 9939 2648; or mail your order with cheque or credit card details to Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097. 20  Silicon Chip of Intelligen t turbo timer I SBN 095 852 294 9 7809 5 8 5229 4 $19.80 (inc GST) Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas: $A26.00 via airmail. Fro m the pu bli sh ers -4 s fuel cont rollers 6 NZ $22.00 (inc TURBO B OOST & nitrou GST) How eng in managemene t works siliconchip.com.au Power Supplies Oscilloscopes Spectrum Analysers Frequency Counters RF Generators HAMEG Instruments have always been recognised for the consistent quality and nocompromise value of German engineering. And now the news is even better! With more new products, an attractive educational discount scheme and lower prices for 2007 you owe it to yourself to find out more. Call us please on 1-300-853-407 Test Equipment: Sales, Service and Calibration 1-300-853-407 www.triosmartcal.com.au Radio, Television & Hobbies: the COMPLETE archive on DVD YES! NA MORE THA URY T N E QUARTER C NICS O OF ELECTR ! HISTORY This remarkable collection of PDFs covers every issue of R & H, as it was known from the beginning (April 1939 – price sixpence!) right through to the final edition of R, TV & H in March 1965, before it disappeared forever with the change of name to EA. For the first time ever, complete and in one handy DVD, every article and every issue is covered. If you’re an old timer (or even young timer!) into vintage radio, it doesn’t get much more vintage than this. If you’re a student of history, this archive gives an extraordinary insight into the amazing breakthroughs made in radio and electronics technology following the war years. And speaking of the war years, R & H had some of the best propaganda imaginable! Even if you’re just an electronics dabbler, there’s something here to interest you. • Every issue individually archived, by month and year • Complete with index for each year • A must-have for everyone interested in electronics Please note: this archive is in PDF format on DVD for PC. Your computer will need a DVD-ROM or DVD-recorder (not a CD!) and Acrobat reader (free download) to enable you to view this archive. This DVD is NOT playable through a standard A/V-type DVD player. Exclusive to SILICON CHIP ONLY 62 $ 00 +$8.80 P&P HERE’S HOW TO ORDER YOUR COPY: BY PHONE:* (02) 9939 3295 9-4 Mon-Fri BY FAX:# (02) 9939 2648 24 Hours 7 Days <at> BY EMAIL:# silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au 24 Hours 7 Days BY MAIL:# PO Box 139, Collaroy NSW 2097 * Please have your credit card handy! # Don’t forget to include your name, address, phone no and credit card details. siliconchip.com.au BY INTERNET:^ siliconchip.com.au 24 Hours 7 Days ^ You will be prompted for required information May 2007  21 The Turntable Listing: Finding that Stylus If you’re searching for turntable spares — cartridges, styli, etc — one source is Decibel Hifi at www.decibelhifi. com.au Another is Soundring. They stock a wide range of record player needles, styli and turntable needles, all delivered straight to your door. They have online database of over 118 top brands and models, so you’re sure to find the replacement needle or cartridge you are looking for. Some of the brands include Audio Technica, Denon, Dual, HMV styli, JVC, Nivico, Ortofon. Replacement needles and other hifi accessories: Marantz, National-Panasonic-Technics, NEC, Ortofon, Philips, Pioneer, Sansui, Sanyo, Sharp, Shure, Sony, Stanton, Toshiba, Yamaha and many more. Go to www.soundring.com.au/record-play For much of this surprising activity in turntables and their essential spares you can thank the DJs that are jazzing the young at discos and cafes around the country. One company who is very-DJ aware is Spank Records (www.spankrecords.com.au) who not only sell turntables from many well known companies but also deal in headphones, cartridges and styli from Ortofon, Shure, Stanton and others. For cartridges/styli and a heap more, Amber Electronics (www.amberelectronics.com) is a good one-stop shop. The cartridge brands include Leda, Io, Europa and The Tribute. Amber’s ‘heap more’ covers preamps and integrated amplifiers. Denon DP-29F 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, phono equaliser, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $299 Denon DP-300F 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, fully auto, belt drive with MM cartridge and built in preamp. Price: $699 Dual CS415-2 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $499. Dual CS-435-1 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $649. Original - AT-2008 A s Dual CS-455-1M 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $799. DIY Parts PIC? Ming Da - MC-2A3 Goldring GR1.2 "it doesn’t have to cost an arm and a leg to enjoy the pleasures of valve audio..." Daniel Chin 0422 753 517 John Pham 0431 582 396 COEM Audio Australia www.coemaudio.com.au 22  Silicon Chip 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $699. Goldring GR2 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $1199. siliconchip.com.au Outputs Note: most turntables in this listing have outputs only for preamps; these are of insufficient level and of no help when copying LPs to your computer. There are some turntables that have an inbuilt pre-amp and line level outputs; these can be connected directly to your computer for dubbing to the hard drive. There are also a couple of budget-priced turntables on sale in mainstream retailers. K-Mart has two models, one of which has an inbuilt pre-amp. Prices are $49 and $69. There is also the Optimus LAB1100 turntable and pre-amplifier combo from Dick Smith Electronics. At $98 it’s certainly priced right. Also of note are two Stanton models that have a digital output. Moth ALAMO1 33-1/3, 45 RPM, synchronous AC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm, no cartridge. Price: $715. Vinyl spoken here! Australia’s turntable specialists New and used turntables, tonearms, phono cartridges & styli, vinyl record cleaning products, alignment tools, test LP, stylus pressure gauges, upgrades for turntables & tonearms, phono preamplifiers, accessories, turntable belts, turntable parts, repairs & set up, cartridge re-tipping. Brands include Linn, Origin Live, Pro-Ject, Rek-O-Kut, Rega, Graham Slee Projects, The Cartridge Man, The Disc Doctor, Garrott, Ortofon, Audio Technica, Moth, Loricraft. Also distributing Jordan loudspeaker drivers and kits, and Sonic Impact T-amp products. SPECIAL OFFER for SILICON CHIP readers This CANRONG CRB-5 digital stylus pressure gauge normally sells on our website for $93.50. Now just $71.50. Use code SC5 in the Customer Instructions when placing your order on the website Moth ALAMOX 33-1/3, 45 RPM, synchronous AC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm, no cartridge. Price: $935. NAD C555 33-1/3, 45 RPM, AC motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $799. Optimus LAB1100 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, inbuilt pre-amp, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $98. Panasonic Technics SL-BD20 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $279. siliconchip.com.au    Copyright Copyright, especially in Australia, can be a legal minefield. Take a look at www.copyright.org.au and see if the situation worries you enough to deter you from copying your old analog material – in fact, copying any material. In the US the copyright laws permit the making of one copy of an original for personal use. In Australia no such provision exists. Here it is illegal to make any type of copy of recorded music without the permission of the copyright owner – and that permission is rarely, if ever, given – especially without paying some form of licence fee. The key points: • There is no general right for individuals to copy recorded music, even from a record or CD you own and even if you want to use it on another form of “player” (eg, copying to an MP3 player or, as we are discussing here, copying old records to CDs). • There is no general right to copy copyright material for personal use under Australian law. • Ownership of a physical item (such as a CD) does not give you the right to make copies (including copying into a digital or other format). • There is no general right to copy recorded music from the internet without the copyright owners’ permission. The reality is that thousands of people make copies of records and CDs for personal use every day of the year. In moral and legal terms, it would be foolish to make copies for resale – or for gift-giving to another person. Much more information awaits at www.copyright.org. au/PDF/InfoSheets/G070.pdf May 2007  23 Turntable with USB output An easier approach could be the ION ITT USB Turntable, the world’s first USB turntable. It allows you to convert a vinyl collection directly to CD or (even MP3) with the included recording software. It is a ‘must have’ for people who don’t want to deal with clumsy adapters or mismatched audio formats. The ION USB turntable includes Audacity software for Win/Mac for recording as well as a trial of Bias Soundsoap 2 for cleaning and restoring LPs. If you’ve got a stack of old 45s, 33s or even 78s, you can now convert them to digital with this belt drive turntable. As well as the USB output it has a line level output for connecting to any home stereo with CD or auxiliary (AUX) inputs, via the stereo RCA outputs; it also has a 3.5mm stereo input so you can take a feed from a stereo cassette machine. It is compatible with any software that supports USB audio input sound cards so you can convert your vinyl into WAV, WMV, AIFF and MP3s. Includes a USB cable and pre-mounted cartridge with stylus and adjustable anti-skating control; a 45 RPM disc adaptor is in the kit. The turntable weighs 6 kg. While the turntable has only 33-1/3 and 45 RM speeds the included software can be used to convert 33-1/3 RPM transfers to 78 RPM. Another trick: replay 33-1/3 RPM discs at 45 RP for the dub: whilst saving time, these speed conversions possibly compromises the quality. In the case of the 78 RPM trick, the LP stylus is certainly the wrong profile for the old 78 shellac grooves. System requirements: Windows 98, 2000, or XP; Mac running OS9 or greater including Mac Universal. Price: $349.00 1300 761 466 www.techtoolsoftware.com Do it once. Do it right. Vinyl-to-digital transcription cartridge Panasonic Technics SL-1200MK2 and SL-1210MK2 33-1/3, 45 RPM, brushless DC servo motor, quartz direct drive, manual turntable. Price: $999. Panasonic Technics SL-1210M5G 33-1/3, 45 RPM, brushless DC servo motor, quartz direct drive, manual turntable. Price: $1299. Panasonic Technics SL-1200MK5 and SL-1210MK5 33-1/3, 45 RPM, brushless DC servo motor, quartz direct drive, manual turntable. Price: $1099. Pioneer PL-990 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, phono equaliser, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $349. Pro-Ject Debut III 33-1/3, 45 RPM, synchronous AC motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $399. Pro-Ject Debut III Phono SB 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, synchronous AC motor, electronic speed control, belt drive, preamp, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $599. Pro-Ject Xpression MK II Call for free info pack www.ortofon.com www.speakerbits.com 03 9647 7000 24  Silicon Chip 33-1/3, 45 RPM, suspended synchronous AC motor, electronic speed control, belt drive, tone arm. Price: $599. siliconchip.com.au Pro-Ject RPM5 33-1/3, 45 RPM, synchronous AC motor, belt drive, tone arm. Price: $849. They have arrived! Pro-Ject RPM 6.1 SB 33-1/3, 45, RPM, synchronous AC motor, electronic speed control, belt drive, tone arm. Price: $1199. Pro-Ject RPM 9 33-1/3, 45 RPM, separate synchronous AC motor, perimeter belt drive, electronic speed control, tone arm. Price $1999. Fuel Cells Off grid power for measurement, transportation, security and telecommunications industries Generate electricity without combustion, without sunlight or wind, without pollution. Fuel cells are small, lightweight and portable, quiet, have no major moving parts and require no maintenance. They have an expected operational life exceeding 8000 hours of run time. 5 litre and 10 litre fuel cartridges are available. For example, an off-grid video camera will operate for up to 8 weeks on a single 10 litre fuel cartridge. Technical data Rega P1 RB100 tone arm and Ortofon OM53 moving magnet cartridge. Price: $599. Rega P2 RB250 tonearm, stabilised 22mm platter, high quality main bearing, Price: $799. Rek-O-Kut Rondine Jnr 33-1/3, 45. 78 RPM with pitch control, belt drive, tone arm, MM phono cartridge with LP and 78 styli. Price: $594 Rek-O-Kut Vintage 33-1/3, 45. 78 RPM with pitch control, belt drive, tone arm, auto-return. Price: $770. . siliconchip.com.au Model Charging capacity 600 600Wh/day 50Ah/day 1200 1200Wh/day 100Ah/day 1600 1600Wh/day 130Ah/day Nominal Voltage * 12V 12V 12V Nominal Power 25W 50W 65W 4.2A 5.4A *24V available on request Nominal Current 2.1A Fuel consumption 1.1 litres per kWh. 1.3 litres per 100Ah Weight 7.3kg Dimensions Batteries 7.5kg 7.6kg (L x W x H) 435mm x 200mm x 276mm 40 to 200AH recommended 100% availability Maintenance free and absolutely reliable. Even under extreme climate conditions it ensures 100% availability of your equipment. This is a decisive advantage, especially in hard-to-reach areas or with critical applications such as observation posts. Fully automatic Automatic charge control, continuously monitors battery status as it powers your electrical equipment. If the battery’s voltage sinks below the level pre-programmed by the user, the fuel cell activates, charges the battery, and then automatically shuts itself off. And it does so without any user intervention. Remote Control Each fuel cell can be connected by an interface adapter to any RS232 interface and serviced/monitored using a cellphone, laptop or PC from the office. Theft Proof Solar cells need to be placed out in the open where it is difficult to protect them against theft and vandalism. The compact fuel cell can be integrated into any standard cabinet or box. More Power With the control interface you can operate up to 5 fuel cells in parallel, giving you a capacity of up to 8000Wh per day. Siomar Battery Industries Ph: (08) 9302 5444 Email: mark<at>siomar.com Contact: May 2007  25 Rek-O-Kut CVS14 Professional AM-FM Monitor Receivers RMR-01 Complete Broadcast Studio Off-Air Monitor Receiver System with Composite Output, Audio Distribution and Alarms RRR-01 Versatile AM-FM Receiver 240 V AC and 12 V DC Operation Composite Output - Re-Broadcast - MATV Systems Tunnel Repeaters - Radio News Rooms - Pre Select up to 32 Mixed AM - FM Stations via RS-485 Control Optional Model PSS-01 Wired Controller Available Ideal AM Receiver for use in Remote Locations Fully manual 33/45/78 RPM turntable with a continuously variable and calibrated “78” range of from 62 to 94 RPM, high-torque directdrive motor, tone arm, can play up to 14-inch records. Price: $990. Rek-O-Kut CVS16 Fully manual 33/45/78 RPM turntable with a continuously variable and calibrated “78” range of from 62 to 94 RPM, high-torque direct-drive motor, tone arm, can play up to 16-inch records. Price: $1210. Rek-O-Kut Rondine 3 SMR-01 Scanning Monitor Receiver Monitoring of up to 8 Mixed Remote AM - FM Services - Failure Report by FAX For Details and Price, please contact us at ELAN Phone 08 9277 3500 AUDIO Fax 08 9478 2266 2 Steel Court. South Guildford email sales<at>elan.com.au www.elan.com.au Western Australia 6055 Cleaning Possibly the most critical factor in getting the best out of early analog recordings – especially disc, to a lesser degree tape – is getting rid of the cause of a lot of the noise and other garbage from the record surface: dust. And that means cleaning both the media and the machines that play them. In the heyday of vinyl records, no self-respecting audiophile would put a disc on the turntable without ensuring both were clean: the turntable platter with a dust brush and the disc itself with one of a variety of dust collectors designed for the purpose. Such things are still available today but you may have to search for them! For really dirty recordings, by all means use appropriate methods to clean vinyls and tapes but watch out for shellac or acetate records – alcohol will destroy these – so use water-based compounds. First of all, clean the mat of your turntable. If a “78” is cracked at the edges, avoid wetting it with anything: some 78s have a centre of fibrous material which expands when wet and shatters the record. Vinyls can be safely cleaned with distilled water, although grime will possibly be removed only by the use of proprietary fluids. A whole list of excellent cleaning approaches can be accessed at Decibel Hi Fi (www.decibelhifi.com.au). Or you can go to www.screensound.gov.au and follow the “Preservation” link. 26  Silicon Chip 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, and 9 other speeds for vintage discs and half speed mastering, DC motor, belt drive, electronic power supply, Delrin platter, audiophile quality tone arm. Price: $1980. Sony PSLX250H 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, inbuilt pre-amp, MM cartridge. Price: $299. Stanton STR8.150 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo motor, direct drive, inbuilt pre-amp, digital output, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $1,099. Stanton T.120 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo motor, direct drive, inbuilt preamp, digital output, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $949. Stanton T.80 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo motor, direct drive, inbuilt pre-amp, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $699. siliconchip.com.au Stanton T.60 33-1/3, 45 RPM, DC servo motor, direct drive, inbuilt pre-amp, tone arm and MM cartridge. Price: $399. Thorens TD-170 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and Ortofon OMB10 MM cartridge, fully automatic. Price: $649. Thorens TD-170 Phono 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and MM cartridge and phono stage, fully automatic. Price: $725. Thorens TD-190 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and Ortofon OMB10 MM cartridge, heavier platter, fully automatic. Price: $799. Thorens TD-240 33-1/3, 45, 78 RPM, DC servo motor, belt drive, tone arm and Audio Technica AT95E MM cartridge, fully automatic. Price: $995. Thorens TD-295 MKIV 33-1/3, 45, DC servo motor, belt drive, rigid tone arm and Audio Technica AT95E MM cartridge, heavier platter and plinth. Price: $1149. NEXT MONTH: We’ll look at some of the software available to assist you in cleaning up old records and review one outstanding package! siliconchip.com.au May 2007  27 SILICON CHIP If you are seeing a blank page here, it is more than likely that it contained advertising which is now out of date and the advertiser has requested that the page be removed to prevent misunderstandings. Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website: dicksmith.com.au SILICON CHIP If you are seeing a blank page here, it is more than likely that it contained advertising which is now out of date and the advertiser has requested that the page be removed to prevent misunderstandings. Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website: dicksmith.com.au SILICON CHIP If you are seeing a blank page here, it is more than likely that it contained advertising which is now out of date and the advertiser has requested that the page be removed to prevent misunderstandings. Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website: dicksmith.com.au SILICON CHIP If you are seeing a blank page here, it is more than likely that it contained advertising which is now out of date and the advertiser has requested that the page be removed to prevent misunderstandings. Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website: dicksmith.com.au SILICON CHIP If you are seeing a blank page here, it is more than likely that it contained advertising which is now out of date and the advertiser has requested that the page be removed to prevent misunderstandings. Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website: dicksmith.com.au SILICON CHIP If you are seeing a blank page here, it is more than likely that it contained advertising which is now out of date and the advertiser has requested that the page be removed to prevent misunderstandings. Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website: dicksmith.com.au 20W Class-A Amplifier Module PT.1: By LEO SIMPSON & PETER SMITH This new 20W class-A power amplifier module is a refinement of the very popular 15W class-A module published in SILICON CHIP in July & August 1998. It features ultra-low distortion levels, very low noise levels and a greatly simplified power supply which improves overall efficiency. Since it runs in pure class-A mode, there is no crossover distortion at all. 34  Silicon Chip siliconchip.com.au The MJL21193 and MJL21194 output transistors are spaced well apart and bolted to a large heatsink. The heatsink may look big but it has to be that size to safely dissipate around 50W continuously. This view shows the lefthand power amplifier module. The righthand module is laid out almost as a mirror image. In the result, we have made quite a few minor improvements to the original amplifier module. Together, these added up to an overall major improvement which enabled us to dispense with the regulated power supply. This makes the overall circuit more efficient and means that the amplifier can now use some of the power previously wasted in the regulated supply. That also reduces component cost and actually helps reduce distortion in an already exceptional design. Some of the changes in the design are based on ideas and circuits published by the noted audio designer Douglas Self and outlined in a number of his books (available from the SILICON CHIP Bookshop). All in the same case The 15W/Channel Stereo Class-A amplifier presented in August 1998 also featured a separate power supply box because hum radiation from the power transformer was quite high. This new design will feature a shielded toroidal transformer which means that there is no need for a separate box. We will talk more about this aspect in a future article. Redesigned PC board T HIS UPGRADED CLASS-A amplifier has been a long time coming. Virtually since the original circuit was published in July 1998, readers have been hankering for more power. Until recently, we have resisted because we knew that increasing the power output would bring a proportional increase in overall power consumption which was already quite high. This is the great drawback of any class-A design. While they are beautifully distortion-free, they dissipate the same high power whether they are delivering a milliwatt, one watt or full siliconchip.com.au power. And the total power consumption, and therefore heat dissipation, of the previous 15W/Channel Class-A Stereo Amplifier was 100 watts. That’s quite a lot of power dissipation for not very much audio output. So how could we increase the power output while staying within the original parameters – ie, the original large single-sided heatsinks and the 160VA toroidal power transformer? The answer was not simple but essentially involved analysing the weaknesses of the original design to see if we could make worthwhile improvements. We have completely re-designed the PC board so that the two power output transistors are spread much further apart. Instead of concentrating the heat in the centre of the heatsink, it spreads the heat over a wider area and makes more efficient use of the available heatsink area. In fact, while the new amplifier module can deliver up to 25W (instead of the original 15W), the heatsink temperature remains about the same as the original design; ie, about 30°C above ambient. By the way, we must stipulate that even though the amplifier can deliver up to 25W at the onset of clipping, it only provides pure class-A operation up to 20W. Beyond this, it is operating class AB – still with very low distortion but not genuine class-A. We made this compromise to reduce the temperature rise on the heatsinks. With sufficient quiescent current to ensure class-A operation up to 25W, the heatsinks simply became too hot. In fact, the new circuit is actually slightly more “voltage-efficient” than the old one, so that the available output voltage from the balanced supply rails is greater than before. We will see just May 2007  35 Fig.1: this graph plots the total harmonic distortion (THD) at 1kHz from 100mW to just over 25W. Fig.2: the distortion versus frequency at 10W & 20W into an 8-ohm load (measurement bandwidth 22Hz to 80kHz). Fig.3: distortion vs frequency at 10W from 20Hz to 20kHz (measurement bandwidth 22Hz to 22kHz). Fig.4: the frequency response is ruler flat over the audible frequency range, with -3dB points at 1.5Hz and 190kHz. how these improvements have come about as we go through the circuit description. Performance Since many readers will not be familiar with the original design published in July & August 1998, we will present the complete circuit description and mention the differences with the older design where appropriate. But first, let’s talk about performance. The distortion of this new design is actually lower than the original, amazing though that may seem. For those who have the original articles and who want to make direct comparisons, we have produced equivalent distortion plots. If you don’t have the original articles, you will just have to take our word for it that the distortion is lower. 36  Silicon Chip Fig.1 shows the total harmonic distortion at 1kHz for power levels from 100mW up to clipping which occurs in excess of 25W. Note that the distortion for power levels between say 5W and 20W is far below .001% and is typically less than .0006% at around 10W. Similarly, Fig.2 shows the distortion versus frequency for power levels of 10W and 20W into an 8-ohm load, using a measurement bandwidth of 22Hz to 80kHz. This is a far more stringent test as the distortion for any amplifier, even quite good designs, usually rises quite markedly at high powers for frequencies above 5kHz. But for this design, at 10W, the distortion at 20kHz is only marginally above that at 1kHz and is considerably better across the whole spectrum than the older design. At 20W, the new design has about half the distortion of the original design at 15W and that is right across the spectrum, not just at one frequency! Fig.3 is included largely as a matter of academic interest and is taken for a power output of 10W for frequencies from 20Hz to 20kHz but with a bandwidth of 22Hz to 22kHz. Note that this means that harmonics above 22kHz will be ignored and therefore the distortion for signal frequencies above 10kHz will be artificially attenuated. Having said that, the distortion levels shown on Fig.3 are less than half that for the equivalent distortion plot (also Fig.3) in the July 1998 article. Frequency response is ruler flat, as shown in Fig.4. It is -1dB at 90Hz and -3dB at 1.5Hz and 190kHz. This is a much wider frequency response than the original design and comes about because we have used much gentler siliconchip.com.au Parts List 1 PC board coded 01105071 (“left”) or 01105072 (“right”), 146mm x 80mm 2 Micro-U TO-220 heatsinks (Altronics H-0630, Jaycar HH8502) 3 TO-126 heatsink pads (Altronics H-7230) 2 TO-3P heatsink pads (Farnell 936-753 recommended, see text in Pt.2) 1 diecast heatsink, 300 x 75 x 49mm (W x H x D) (Altronics H-0545) 1 PC-mount RCA socket 2 M3 x 10mm tapped spacers 2 M3 x 6mm pan head screws 2 M3 x 10mm pan head screw 2 M3 x 20mm pan head screws 6 M3 flat washers 4 M3 nuts 5 M4 x 10mm screws 5 M4 flat washers 5 M4 shakeproof washers 5 M4 nuts 5 6.3mm single-ended chassismount spade lugs (Jaycar PT-4910) 4 M205 fuse clips (F1 & F2) 2 3A M205 slow-blow fuses 1 11.8mm or 13.8mm ID bobbin (Altronics L-5305) 1 2-metre length of 1mm-diameter enamelled copper wire 0.7mm diameter tinned copper wire for links 1 1kW 25-turn trimpot (Altronics R-2376A, Jaycar RT-4644) Semiconductors 2 2SA970 low-noise PNP transistors (Q1 & Q2) (avail-able from www.futurlec.com) 4 BC546 NPN transistors (Q3, Q4, Q8 & Q9) 3 BC556 PNP transistors (Q5- Q7) filtering at the input of the amplifier. We will describe the reasoning behind this later in the article. Residual noise measurements have also improved. Unweighted signal-tonoise ratio with respect to 20W into 8W is -115dB while the A-weighted figure is -118dB. Even though those noise figures are highly creditable, they are not low enough to enable us to accurately siliconchip.com.au 2 BD139 NPN transistors (Q10 & Q11) (Farnell 955-6052) 1 BD140 PNP transistor (Q13) (Farnell 955-6060) 1 MJL21193 PNP transistor (Q12) (Jaycar ZT-2227, Farnell 955-5781) 1 MJL21194 NPN transistor (Q14) (Jaycar ZT-2228, Farnell 955-5790) 2 1N4148 diodes (D1, D2) Capacitors 1 1000mF 35V PC electrolytic 2 470mF 35V PC electrolytic 4 47mF 25V PC electrolytic 1 220mF 25V PC electrolytic 1 820pF 50V ceramic disc 1 100pF 50V NPO ceramic disc (Jaycar RC-5324) 4 100nF metallised polyester (MKT) 1 150nF 250VAC metallised polyester or polypropylene (Farnell 121-5452) Resistors (0.25W, 1%) 1 1MW 1 510W 4 10kW 1 270W 3 2.2kW 8 100W 1 1kW 3 68W 1 680W 1 16W 1 6.8W 1W 5% 1 10W 1W 5% 2 0.1W 5W 5% wirewound 2 1.5W 5W 5% wirewound (for testing) Power Supply 1 PC board coded 01105073, 134mm x 63mm 1 16V+16V 160VA magnetically shielded toroidal transformer (see text in Pt.2). 4 M3 x 10mm tapped spacers 4 M3 x 6mm pan head screws 6 M4 x 10mm pan head screws measure the distortion at low power (ie, below 5W). This is because the residual noise becomes a significant part of the measurement and largely masks the actual distortion. We discussed this in some detail in the July 1998 article and published some noise-averaged scope plots of the distortion products to demonstrate this mechanism. We hope to feature some equivalent scope plots next month. 6 M4 flat washers 6 M4 shakeproof washers 6 M4 nuts 3 6.3mm single-ended chassismount spade lugs (Jaycar PT-4910) 3 6.3mm double-ended 45° or 90° chassis-mount spade lugs (Jaycar PT-4905, Altronics H-2261) Extra heavy-duty hook-up wire and spade crimp lugs for lowvoltage wiring Mains connection hardware to suit installation Semiconductors 1 KBPC3504 400V 35A bridge rectifier (Altronics Z-0091) 2 3mm red LEDs Capacitors 6 10,000mF 35V or 50V snap-in PC-mount electrolytics (max. 30mm diameter) (Altronics R-5601, Farnell 945-2869) 2 100nF metallised polyester (MKT) Resistors 2 2.2kW 1W 5% Transistor Quality To ensure published performance, the MJL21193 & MJL21194 power transistors must be On Semiconductor branded parts, while the 2SA970 low-noise devices must be from Toshiba. Be particularly wary of counterfeit parts. We recommend that all other transistors be from reputable manufacturers, such as Philips (NXP Semiconductors), On Semiconductor and ST Microelectronics. This applies particularly to the BD139 & BD140 output drivers. For the moment, we can unequivocally state that this new class-A amplifier module is one of the lowest distortion designs ever produced, anywhere! Circuit description Fig.5 shows the full circuit of the new amplifier. While the general configuration is similar to that used in our July 1998 design, very few component May 2007  37 Performance: Class-A Amplifier Module Output power: 20W into 8W (pure class-A); see text Frequency response: 0dB down at 20Hz; ~0.2dB down at 20kHz; -3dB <at> 1.5Hz and 190kHz (Fig.4) Input sensitivity: 625mV RMS (for full power into 8W) Input impedance: ~10kW Rated harmonic distortion: <.002% from 20Hz – 20kHz, typically .0006% (Fig.2) Signal-to-noise ratio: -115dB unweighted, -118dB A-weighted (with respect to 20W into 8W, 22Hz-22kHz bandwidth) Damping factor: 180 at 1kHz Stability: unconditional values are the same. Some of the transistors have been changed, the cascode stage has been omitted, the biasing arrangements for the constant current sources (Q5, Q6 & Q7) have been significantly changed and the impedance of the input and feedback networks has been substantially reduced. These changes were made to improve the residual noise, the power supply rejection ratio (PSRR) and the voltage efficiency of the amplifier. In fact, the only stages which are largely unchanged are the Vbe amplifier (Q10) and the complementaryfeedback pair (CFP) power output stage. So let’s go through the circuit. The input signal is coupled via a 47mF 25V electrolytic capacitor and 100W resistor (R2) to the base of transistor Q1, one of an input differential pair (ie, Q1 & Q2) using Toshiba 2SA970 PNP low-noise transistors. The 100W input resistor and 820pF capacitor (C1) constitute a low pass filter with a -6dB/octave rolloff above 190kHz. This is a much lower impedance network than the previous design, in order to provide the lowest impedance for the signal source. In fact, a simple 20kW volume control, as used in the previous design, will also degrade the amplifier’s noise performance and for that reason we will be presenting an active volume control circuit in a future issue. Both the bias resistor for Q1 and the series feedback resistor to the base of Q2 are set at 10kW (instead of 18kW in the original design), again to minimise source impedance and thereby, Johnson noise. The gain of the amplifier is set by the 38  Silicon Chip ratio of the 10kW and 510W feedback resistors to a value of 20.6, while the low-frequency rolloff (-3dB) of the gain is set by the 220mF capacitor to 1.4Hz. Readers may wonder why we used such large electrolytic capacitors in the input and feedback networks. The answer is that we are acting to eliminate any effects of capacitor distortion in the audio pass-band. Readers might also wonder why we have not used non-polarised (NP) electrolytics for these functions since they are normally preferable where the capacitor operating voltage is extremely low. The answer is that NP electrolytics could have been used except for their greater bulk and we wanted to minimise any extraneous signal pickup by physically larger capacitors. That is one of the unwanted sideeffects of a much wider frequency response – the amplifier is more prone to EMI and in the extreme case, to supersonic oscillation if the wiring details are not duplicated exactly. D1 & D2 are included across the 220mF capacitor as insurance against possible damage if the amplifier suffers a fault which pegs the output to the -22V rail. In this circumstance, the loudspeakers would be protected against damage by a loudspeaker protection module (to be published in a coming month) but the 220mF capacitor would be left to suffer the reverse current. We have used two diodes here instead of one, to ensure that there is no distortion due to the non-linear effects of a single diode junction at the maximum feedback signal level of about 1V peak. Most of the voltage gain of the ampli- fier is provided by Q9 which is fed via emitter follower Q8 from the collector of Q1. The emitter follower is used to buffer the collector of Q1 to minimise non-linearity. Q9 is operated without an emitter resistor to maximise gain and output voltage swing. The collector loads for Q1 & Q2 are provided by current mirror transistors Q3 & Q4. Similarly, the collector load for Q9 is provided by a constant current load comprising transistors Q6 & Q7. Interestingly, the base bias voltage for constant current source Q5 is also set by Q6. Q5 is the constant current “tail” for the input differential pair and it sets the collector current through these transistors. Power supply rejection ratio The reason for the rather complicated bias network for Q5, Q6 and Q7 is to produce a major improvement in the power supply rejection ratio (PSRR) of the amplifier. Similarly, the PSRR is improved by the bypass filter network consisting of the 10W resistor and 1000mF 35V capacitor in the negative supply rail. Why is PSRR so important? Because this amplifier runs in class-A, it pulls a constant current in excess of 1A (actually 1.12A) from the positive and negative supply rails. This is a great deal higher than the typical quiescent current of a class-B amplifier which is typically around 20-30mA. The result of this is that the 100Hz ripple superimposed on the supply lines is about 500mV peak-peak, when two modules are connected. Hence we need a PSRR that is much higher than for a typical class-B amplifier. That is why we employed a regulated power supply for the previous classA design. The output signal from voltage amplifier stage Q9 is coupled to driver transistors Q11 and Q13 via 100W resistors. These protect Q7 and Q9 in the event of a short circuit to the amplifier output which could possibly blow these transistors before the fuses blow. The 100W resistors also have a secondary function in acting as “stopper” resistors to help prevent parasitic oscillation in the output stage. As already mentioned, the output stage actually uses complementary feedback pairs, based on Q11 & Q12 and Q13 & Q14. These give a more linear performance than the more usual Darlington transistor pairs used siliconchip.com.au siliconchip.com.au May 2007  39 Fig.5: the circuit is a conventional direct-coupled feedback amplifier with complementary feedback pairs (Q11 & Q12 and Q13 & Q14) in the output stage. The Vbe multiplier (Q10) is adjusted to give a quiescent current of 1.12A. Here’s a preview of the power supply module. It’s driven from a bridge rectifier and carries six 10,000mF 35V filter capacitors plus two LED circuits to discharge the capacitors after switch-off. in many push-pull amplifiers. In effect, they are connected as feedback pairs with 100% current feedback from the collector of Q12 to the emitter of Q11 by virtue of a 0.1W “emitter” resistor. To make the CFP concept easier to understand, consider Q11 as a standard common emitter amplifier with a 100W collector load resistor. Q12’s base emitter junction is connected across this 100W resistor and so it becomes a current amplifier stage and its collector load is the common 0.1W resistor which provides the current feedback to the emitter of Q11. Because there is 100% local feedback, these output pairs have unity gain and a very high degree of linearity. We should also mention the output transistors specified for this amplifier. They are the MJL21193 and MJL21194 plastic encapsulated transistors which have been featured in quite a few of our higher-powered amplifiers over the years. They are rated at 250V, 16A (30A peak) and 200W, and are clearly far more rugged than they need to be for an amplifier of this rating. We use them here because they are among the best complementary power transistors for linearity made by any manufacturer in the world (originally made by Motorola and now sourced by On Semiconductor). Another circuit change in this new module is that we have used a BD139 and a BD140 as the driver transistors in the complementary feedback pairs in40  Silicon Chip stead of using the lower power BC337 & BC327. This was necessary because of the higher power dissipation in the driver transistors. Vbe multiplier stage Q10 is the Vbe multiplier and it has exactly the same arrangement as in any class-B amplifier. A “Vbe multiplier” is a temperature-compensated floating voltage source and in this case it provides about 1.6V between the bases of Q11 & Q13. Q10 multiplies the voltage between its base and emitter, by the ratio of the total resistance between its collector and emitter to the resistance between its base and emitter. In practice, VR1 is not adjusted to produce a particular voltage across Q10 but to produce the specified quiescent current of 1.12A in the output stage. This requires a voltage of 112mV across each 0.1W emitter resistor. In practice too, the emitter resistors have a 5% tolerance so we average the voltage across each of these resistors at 112mV. Note that you will need a digital multimeter for this adjustment (more on this next month). An interesting point about Q10 is that we have specified a BD139 for this task instead of a much-lower rated BC547 or similar transistor which would certainly be adequate from the point of power dissipation. The reason for using the BD139 is that its package and junction does a much better job of tracking the junction temperature of the driver and output transistors and thereby gives much better bias stability. In fact, Q10 is bolted to the same heatsink as driver transistor Q11 to improve tracking. Also included to improve temperature compensation is the 16W resistor in the collector circuit of Q10; a small point but still worthwhile. Output RLC filter The remaining circuit feature to be discussed is the output RLC filter, comprising a 6.8mH air-cored choke, a 6.8W resistor and 150nF capacitor. This output filter was originally produced by Neville Thiele and is still the most effective output filter for isolating the amplifier from any large capacitive reactances in the load, thereby ensuring unconditional stability. It also helps attenuate any RF signals picked up by the loudspeaker leads and stops them being fed back to the early stages of the amplifier where they could cause RF breakthrough. Finally, as with any high-quality amplifier design, the PC board itself is a very critical part of the circuit and is major factor in the overall performance. Even small deviations in PC layout can have major deleterious effects on the distortion performance. That’s all for now. In Pt.2, we’ll show you how to build the matching left and right amplifier modules and describe SC the power supply assembly. siliconchip.com.au 100W SOLAR PANEL ARRAY WITH FREE REGULATOR KIT L A E ED L A I C SPE G A K PAC This 100W solar array includes five 20W – 12V polycrystalline solar panels, a 12V/24V regulator kit + weatherproof kit box. Why 5 X 12V/20W panels and not 1 X 100W panel?...Loss of output due to damage or obstruction of a panel will result in a 20% loss in output, not 100% loss. Air gaps between panels increase cooling and thus increases panel efficiency. Much cheaper and less fragile to post. The wiring configuration can be changed for different voltages. Does not include the 2 lengths of aluminium angle, rivets or connecting wire, all worth around $15. Specifications For Individual Panel:Peak Power: 20W, Open Circuit Voltage: 21V, Short Circuit Current: 1.3A, Voltage At Max. Power: 17.5V, Current At Max. Power: 1.1A, Dim: 610 x 290 x 25mm. 5 X 12V/20W panels +regulator kit + weatherproof box (ARRAY) $690.00 We have a new shipment of our DC MOTOR SPEED / HOT WIRE CONTROLLER KIT K252 hugely popular high power This kit produces a Pulse Width Modulated DC Motors that has just arrived. (PWM) output for DC motors or resistive Also wheels, chains and sprockets. loads like light bulbs & hot wire foam cutters. See our Website for more details NEW T EN M P I H S CK O T S IN NOW 200W WIND GENERATOR It can be used with the trim-pot supplied or NEW MOTOR your own external 5K pot. This controller START RELAY would be ideal for use with most of our DC 600V 24A motors. BRAND NEW WITH SLIP RINGS AND FREE BATTERY CHARGE CONTROLLER KIT This serious 3ph 200W wind generator has fibreglass blades spanning 2.1m. It is designed to start operating at wind speeds around 9kph while being robust enough to withstand high winds. It automatically furls in extreme winds and back again as the wind drops to protect it's self. This generator is rated at 200W <at> 25kph with a max. of 250W, with an output voltage of 12V or 24V. It comes complete with a 6 meter mast & our K241 Charger Controller Kit. Specifications: Rated Power: 200W Maximum Power: 250W Nominal Rotor Diameter: 2.1m Start-up Speed: 2.5m/s (9kph) Rated Wind Speed: 6m/s (21.6kph) Furling Wind Speed: 12m/s (43.2kph) For more information and instructions see our website. [WGEN1] $399.00 Operational power supply voltage 10VDC 36VDC 20A+.[K252] $18.00 12VDC MOTOR & WORM DRIVE GEAR BOX This is a brand new car window regulator motor. Starts turning at 0.9V. 0.9V <at> 0.7A - 4rpm. 6V <at> 1.2A - 60rpm. 12V <at> 1.7A - 120rpm. 15V <at> 1.9A - 150rpm. [WR01] $18.00 HIGH CURRENT Sprecher + Schuh CA3-9=CT3(K) DIN rail or screw mount. 240V coil. Approx 68 X 45 X 80mm. LIMITED STOCK DON'T MISS OUT. At just a fraction of the new price. (MSR)$22 NEW CONTROLLER PCB This PCB was built to control an industrial process. With logic level inputs via optocouplers on the board you can control 4 high current outputs using TPDV1240 40A/1200V Triacs. There are a further 3 X 10A relay outputs. CCT. for SSR section of PCB on our Website .( VPCB) $15 SPECIAL WR01 MOTOR TOGETHER WITH A K252 DC MOTOR SPEED / HOT WIRE CONTROLLER KIT [K252M] $27 EXPERIMENTERS DELIGHT www.oatleyelectronics.com Suppliers of kits and surplus electronics to hobbyists, experimenters, industry & professionals. Orders: Ph ( 02 ) 9584 3563, Fax 9584 3561, sales<at>oatleyelectronics.com, PO Box 89 Oatley NSW 2223 OR www.oatleye.com major credit cards accepted, Post & Pack typically $7 Prices subject to change without notice ACN 068 740 081 ABN18068 740 081 SC_AUG_07 CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates. LED pattern flasher uses ripple counter This circuit uses the pulse outputs of a ripple counter to produce various patterns of LED flashing, depending on which counter outputs are selected. IC1 is a CMOS 4060B 14-stage ripple counter with internal oscillator. Two of its outputs are fed to separate diode pump circuits to drive LED1. As shown, the circuit will give a one-two-three, one-twothree flash sequence. Additional outputs can be connected by duplicating the circuits shown. Referring to diodes D1 & D3, the diode coupling circuits work as follows. Each time the “8” output of the counter goes high, the leading edge of the pulse is coupled via a 10mF capacitor and diode D3 to LED1. When the “8” output goes low, the 10mF capacitor is discharged back into that output via diode D1, ready for the next pulse leading edge. If you want to work out the flashing pattern of the LED, consider selected pulse outputs as a sequence of binary numbers. For example, if two adjacent outputs are used, +9-12V 16 O13 C1 10nF R1 220k 1M O12 10 OSC IC1 IN 4060B O7 O6 11 CLK O5 O4 RST O3 14 42  Silicon Chip K A D4 1N4148 10 mF 16V 100 mF 16V K A 6 A 4 K 5 K D1 1N4148 7 A A LED1 D2 1N4148 λ K 470W 8 0V LED 1N4148 A K K A IC1 generates the following binary sequence: 00 01 10 11 00 This produces one leading edge from 00 to 01, another from 01 to 10 and another from 10 to 11. However, there is no leading edge from 11 to 00. This creates a one-two-three flash sequence. The flash frequency can be altered by changing the timing components and is given by the formula f = 1/ (2.2 x R1 x C1), which is divided by the number of stages of IC1. LED1 should ideally be an ultra-bright LED, while the brightness of the flash can be varied by changing the capacitor value. The current drain is around 3mA. Thomas Scarborough, Cape Town, South Africa. ($35) indication. The design makes use of the photoelectric properties of a standard IR LED; ie, it can detect as well as emit infrared light. A further benefit is that it is also partly immune to visible light. The IR LED is reverse-biased and in the absence of light it will have a resistance of several megohms or more. When exposed to IR light, the resistance drops substantially to allow the gate of the 2N7000 FET to rise in voltage, turning it on and off to light the indicator LED and pulse the piezo transducer at the same time. Incidentally, many web cameras and mobile phone cameras will also detect IR light from a remote control. It shows as a white light, while ever a button on the remote is pressed. Michael Jeffery, Eurobin, Vic. ($30) IR remote control tester has audible output This circuit will enable you to check any IR remote control. Typical IR remote controls modulate the light at around 38-40kHz, with the data being encoded in 2.4ms, 1.2ms and 0.6ms blocks, either on or off, which repeat every 45ms until the button on the remote control is released. This circuit does not decode the infrared signal but gives a visual and audible indication that a pulsed infrared signal is present. In essence, the circuit detects the bursts of 40kHz and drives a LED for visible indication and a piezoelectric transducer for the audible D3 1N4148 10 mF 16V O11 1 15 O9 13 O8 9 OSC OUT 12 3 2 siliconchip.com.au +9V 16 K Vdd D1 A CP0 O7 K 10k O6 D2 10k O9 O8 14 T1 K O5 O3 15 LIGHT SHIELD B MR O2 O1 C  Q1 BPV11 13 E O0 CP1 Vss 8 47k 9 10nF 47k C B E 2 200 SLEEVE 1 100nF 2 D5 3 K BPV11 A E +9V 1 F Many households have upgraded their camera equipment from film to digital but often there will be an external flashgun lying around. These flashes cannot be used with digital cameras, as the trigger voltage of around 200V would damage a digital camera’s circuitry. And most, if not all, digital cameras already have a built-in flash. However, such a flashgun can be used as a slave flash to fill up the harsh contrast that the built-in flash of typical digital cameras almost always produces. This circuit will trigger most flashguns and it uses readily available parts. Phototransistor Q1 (a BPV11 from Dick Smith Electronics) receives the light trigger signal from the digital camera’s built-in flash. Q1 drives T1, an audio interstage transformer, capable of sustaining up to 4mA without saturation. The transformer C B 100nF 2N2222 A 47k E B C blocks any signal from ambient light and couples through the impulse signal produced by the light flash. The transformer pulse signal is clipped by diodes D1 & D2 and coupled to the clock input of IC1, a 4017 decade counter. This device is necessary, since most digital cameras will pre-flash at least once for exposure and red-eye reduction and the slave flash would thus trigger erroneously. IC1 is reset at power-up via diode D4 and the 100nF capacitor to the +9V supply and so its “Q0” output will be enabled. Any successive flash will advance the count and each successive “Q” output will go high. For purposes of illustration, the circuit shows output “Q2” connected, assuming that the second flash is the one where the camera actually exposes the CCD. The appropriate output should be selected to suit the camera’s characteristics. The output pulse from IC1 is inverted via transistor Q3 and ZVN4424A 470k K Slave flash trigger for digital cameras 10nF 4 K A S 5 7 O5-9 12 D1–D5: 1N5817 D G 3 IC2 LMC555 TIP Q3 ZVN4424A 4 6 Q2 2N2222 D4 1M 8 7 5 1 1M A 6 IC1 4017B O4 10 A D3 47k 11 D GS Fernand AC-coupled to the o is this m Garcia trigger input of IC2, on winner th’s a 555 timer configPeak At of a las ured as a monostable Instrum Test ent with a 110ms period. The monostable’s positivegoing pulse does two things. First it biases on Mosfet Q3 which actually fires the slave flash. Second, it applies a reset pulse via diode D5 to decade counter IC1, setting it to zero to await the next flash pulses. The circuit can be powered by a 9V battery and at rest the current consumption is quite low, dominated mostly by Q1’s quiescent current produced by the ambient light. The phototransistor should be installed inside a light shield, such as a cardboard or plastic tube 1020mm long with a 10mm diameter and painted black on its inside. The output transistor can be any low-current N-channel Mosfet rated for a drain voltage of at least 200V. Fernando Garcia, Brownsville, Texas, USA. Issues Getting Dog-Eared? Keep your copies of SILICON CHIP safe with these handy binders REAL VALUE AT $13.95 PLUS P & P Available Aust, only. Price: $A13.95 plus $7 p&p per order (includes GST). Just fill in and mail the handy order form in this issue; or fax (02) 9939 2648; or call (02) 9939 3295 and quote your credit card number. siliconchip.com.au May 2007  43 Circuit Notebook – Continued Low dropout regulator for battery equipment This low drop-out (LDO) 5V regulator is better than conventional 3-terminal regulators in batterypowered applications. It consumes 0.2mA with no load (compared with 3-10mA for the 78L05, LM340, LM2940, etc), so battery life is extended in situations where (say) a microcontroller is in standby mode most of the time. The battery voltage can drop to as low as 5.3V with a 1A load while the output remains within 5% of 5V, so 6V batteries can be used, even when somewhat flat. The key to the low drop-out feature is having pass transistor Q4 arranged so that its relatively high base-emitter saturation voltage is not in series with the output, only the VCE(sat) – a mere 0.2V or less because the MJE2955 is used well within its 10A current rating. With no load, Q4 is barely on, with roughly 0.1mA flowing through Q4 and zener diode ZD1 and a similar amount through the rest of the circuit. We are using the zener at a current well below the several milliamp test current specified by the manufacturer, so its Vz will be less than expected, meaning that the output voltage could be less. The 10kW trimpot (VR1) can compensate for such variations but it helps to try a handful of 4.3-5.6V zener diodes and select one that gives the desired 5.0V output when the trimpot is near the top (zener end) of its travel. A 6.8V zener diode (eg, BZX85C6V8) is suitable for output voltages of 7.5V and above. A simple form of current limiting is controlled by the 50kW trimpot. The circuit can supply up to 3A but a very good heatsink is required for Q4 and a cooling clip may need to be attached to Q2. The maximum permissible input voltage is 25V, so 24V lead-acid batteries may exceed Q3’s voltage rating. Mark Aitchison, Christchurch, NZ. ($40) Using a stereo amplifier as a 3-input guitar amplifier This add-on mixer circuit was incorporated into a Sherwood stereo receiver which had lost its radio function. It converts the receiver into a guitar amplifier with three high-impedance inputs and a CD input. An existing internal 23V power supply was used for the mixing circuit. Three 6.5mm phone jacks needed to be added for the inputs. The 2N5485 FET mixes the three guitar inputs via the three 3.3MW resistors at the gate. A volume control (VR1) follows the FET, after which the guitar signal is mixed with the CD input to the amplifier. The original CD input circuitry was modified as shown to isolate the signals being mixed. Only one CD channel was mixed with the 44  Silicon Chip guitar signal. The other CD channel was similarly modified but using slightly different values in order to maintain a better balance between the two CD channels. By operating the amplifier with the mono switch engaged, all the signals eventually get fed to both speakers. Jack Holliday, Nathan, Qld. ($35) siliconchip.com.au Two-channel background sounds for model railways This circuit has been designed to provide high-quality background sounds for small-scale (N or Z gauge) model railways where it is impracticable to mount speakers in the layout or where highly realistic sound is sought. The circuit’s heart is a basic MP3 player, such as a Creative MuVo, which has two entirely different soundtracks loaded into its root directory in the guise of a stereo pair. These tracks could be farm sounds and church bells, for example, or bird song and timber-mill noises. Even small capacity MP3 players can run for an hour or more. With a REPEAT function, they can run indefinitely. The analog/headphone outputs of the MP3 player are fed via separate 100kW level controls to independent 100kW panning controls which allow each of the two signals to appear to originate from either speaker or from any position in between. The component values shown enable channel separation to be varied from 0 to -20dB. After passing through the master 10kW ganged volume control, the two resulting signals are amplified by a TDA2822 dual power amplifier which can drive 4-ohm or 8-ohm loudspeakers at up to 1W/ channel but can also drive active/computer speakers. Inserting a pushbutton switch in one channel immediately before or after the level control would enable momentary activation of that channel. If the MP3 player has a USB type-A connector built in, it can be powered via a mating connector mounted on the circuit board. Any DC voltage from 1.5V to 5V will suit many MP3 players but the TDA2822 requires 5V or more for adequate power output. DC power could be produced by the circuit shown here or obtained from a plugpack. If powered speakers are to be used then no more than 100mA should suffice for both the MP3 player and the TDA2822. If passive speakers are used, then current requirements could total 500mA, depending on the supply voltage and speaker impedance. A 4-channel sound system could readily be constructed by doubling the number of MP3 players, amplifiers and speakers. Joysticks could then be used to position the sounds in two dimensions rather than just the linear dimension of a stereo set-up. Hugh Middleton, Lower Hutt, NZ. Contribute And Choose Your Prize As you can see, we pay good money for each of the “Circuit Notebook” items published in SILICON CHIP. But there are four more reasons to send in your circuit idea. Each month, the best contribution published will entitle the author to choose the prize: an LCR40 LCR meter, a DCA55 Semiconductor Component Analyser, an ESR60 Equivalent Series Resistance Analyser or an SCR100 siliconchip.com.au Thyristor & Triac Analyser, with the compliments of Peak Electronic Design Ltd – see www.peakelec.co.uk You can either email your idea to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au or post it to PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097. May 2007  45 Adjustable 1.3-22V Regulated Power Supply Want a regulated voltage that can be adjusted to suit your application? This Adjustable Power Supply is small, easy to build and can be adapted to produce a fully regulated voltage ranging from 1.3V to 22V at currents up to 1A. By JOHN CLARKE T HERE ARE MANY fixed-voltage IC regulators available and these can be had with 5V, 6V 8V, 9V, 12V & 15V outputs. But what if you want a voltage output that does not fit into one of the standard ranges or if you want to be able to easily adjust this output voltage? An adjustable regulator is the answer – one that can be set to provide the exact voltage you require. This Adjustable Power Supply comprises a small PC board that utilises a 3-terminal regulator. It does not have too many other components – in fact, there are just three diodes, three capacitors, a resistor and a trimpot to set the output voltage from the regulator. Circuit details Fig.1 shows the circuit details. REG1 is an LM317T adjustable regulator that provides a nominal 1.25V between its OUT and ADJ (adjust) terminals. We say it is a “nominal 1.25V” because, depending on the device, it can be anywhere between 1.2V and 1.3V. This doesn’t really matter though, because we can adjust the output voltage to the required level using the trimpot. Note: if you do want a regulator that provides a better tolerance for the 1.25V reference, then you could use an LD1117V instead. This has a 1.238-1.262V range. However, do not 46  Silicon Chip apply more than 15V to the input of this regulator. The output voltage from REG1 is set by the 110W resistor (R1) between the OUT and ADJ terminals and by the resistance between the ADJ terminal and ground. This works as follows. By using a 110W resistor and assuming an exact 1.25V reference, the current flow is set at 11.36mA. This is calculated by dividing the voltage between the OUT and ADJ terminals (1.25V) by the 110W resistor. This current also flows through trimpot VR1. This means that if VR1 is say 1kW, then the voltage across this resistor will be 1kW x 11.36mA or 11.36V. This voltage is then added to the 1.25V Parts List 1 PC board, code 10105071, 35 x 38mm 1 LM317T adjustable 3-terminal regulator (REG1) 3 1N4004 1A diodes (D1-D3) 2 100mF 25V PC electrolytic capacitors (C1,C3) 1 10mF 25V PC electrolytic capacitor (C2) 1 110W 0.25W 1% resistor (R1) 1 2kW horizontal trimpot (VR1) 4 PC stakes reference to derive the output voltage – in this case 12.61V. In practice, however, the current flow out of the ADJ terminal also contributes slightly to the final output voltage. This current is of the order of 100mA. So if VR1 is set to 1kW, this can add 0.1V to the output – ie, we get 12.71V. If you are interested in the output voltage equation, then it is: VOUT = VREF(1 + R1/R2) + IADJ x R2 where VOUT is the output voltage, VREF is the voltage between the OUT and ADJ terminals, and IADJ is the current out of the ADJ terminal (typically 50mA but as high as 100mA). R1 is the resistance between the OUT and ADJ terminals, while R2 is the resistance between the ADJ terminal and ground. Diode D1 in series with the input provide reverse polarity protection. This means that if you connect the supply voltage around the wrong way, you cannot do any damage. Diode D2 protects the regulator should the input become shorted to ground. If that happens, D2 becomes forward biased and conducts, effectively preventing any reverse current flow through REG1 which could cause damage. D3 is also included to protect REG1. siliconchip.com.au Fig.1: the circuit is based on an LM317T adjustable voltage regulator. D1 provides reverse polarity protection while VR1 sets the output voltage. Fig.2: here’s how to install the parts on the PC board. It does this by clamping the voltage between the ADJ terminal and the OUT & IN terminals in the event that one of the latter is shorted to ground. Finally, capacitors C1 & C2 reduce ripple by bypassing the IN (input) and ADJ terminals respectively. C3 prevents regulator oscillation by swamping any low-value capacitance that may be connected to this output. Construction All parts for the Adjustable Power Supply are mounted on a PC board coded 10105071 and measuring 35 x 38mm. Fig.2 shows the parts layout. As usual, begin by checking the PC board for any shorts between tracks or open circuits and make any necessary repairs. It’s rare to find a board defect these days but it’s easier to find any problems that might exist now, before any parts are mounted. siliconchip.com.au Fig.3: regulator REG1 can be mounted underneath the PC board and attached to a heatsink as shown here. Note that its metal tab must be isolated from the heatsink using a TO-220 silicone washer and a Nylon screw. You can now begin the assembly by installing the 110W resistor (R1) and the three diodes, making sure the latter are all oriented correctly (the banded ends are the cathodes). That done, capacitors C1-C3 can be installed, again taking care with their orientation since they are all electrolytics. Next, install PC stakes for the IN, OUT & GND terminals, then install trimpot VR1. REG1 can then be mounted. It can either be mounted on the top of the PC board (as shown in the photo) or underneath it as shown in Fig.3, so that it can be fastened to a heatsink. Heatsinking stuff Whether or not you need a heatsink for REG1 depends on the output current and the voltage between the IN and OUT terminals of the regulator. That’s because these two values togethMay 2007  47 er determine the power dissipation within the regulator. It’s determined simply by multiplying the two values together to get the power dissipation in watts – ie, P = VI. Generally, if the dissipation is less than 0.25W, no heatsink will be required. For example, if the current drawn from the regulator is 50mA and the voltage between the IN and OUT terminals is 5V, then the dissipation will be 0.25W and no heatsink will be necessary. However, if the dissipation is more than this , you will need to fasten the regulator to a heatsink to keep it cool. For example, let’s say that the current drawn from regulator REG1 is 250mA and that the voltage across it is 5V. In this case, the dissipation will be 1.25W (ie, 5 x 0.25) and a heatsink will be necessary. The type of heatsink required depends on the wattage dissipated by the regulator and the temperature rise that can be tolerated. Typically, a 20°C rise in heatsink temperature is OK because this means that at a typical room temperature of say 25°C, the heatsink will run at 45°C which is quite acceptable. Most heatsinks are specified by their temperature rise in °C per watt (°C/W). This means that a 10°C/W heatsink will rise 20°C above ambient when dissipating 2W. Note that the LM317T TO-220 package is rated at 15W maximum dissipation. Usually, it will be necessary to electrically isolate the tab of the regulator Fig.4: this is the full-size etching pattern for the PC board. Check your board for defects before mounting any of the parts. from the heatsink – see Fig.3. The reason for this is that the heatsink may be connected to ground, while the regulator tab sits at the output voltage. To isolate the tab, use a TO-220 silicone insulating washer and secure the assembly to the heatsink using an M3 Nylon screw and nut. Alternatively, you can use a metal screw provided you fit an insulating bush into the regulator tab. Note that capacitor C1 may need to be increased in value if the input voltage has a lot of ripple. In addition, you should make sure that the input voltage does not go above C1’s 25V rating. Increase C1’s voltage rating to 35V if it does. In fact, you can apply up to 35V to the input if C1 is a 35V type. Adjusting the output Note that the voltage applied to the supply must be several volts higher than the required output voltage. This is necessary in order for the regulator to provide regulation. In practice, the minimum voltage across REG1 required for regulation is called the “dropout voltage”. For the LM317T, this voltage varies with the current and is typically 1.5V for currents below 200mA, rising to 1.7V at 500mA and 2V at 1A. Note that the drop across diode D1 must be added to the dropout voltage in order to calculate the required input voltage. For example, if our power supply draws 200mA and the required output voltage is 6V, then the input voltage must be 6V plus 0.7V (to compensate for voltage across D1) plus 1.5V (for the dropout voltage) – ie, the input voltage must be 2.2V higher than the output voltage. Therefore, we need to apply 8.2V minimum to the input for regulation. This is the absolute minimum and to ensure correct regulation under varying loads, a 9V input to the supply would be ideal. Note also that any ripple on the input supply that drops below the required voltage will cause problems, since the supply will not be regulated during these low-going excursions. Once you’ve connected the supply, it’s just a matter of adjusting trimpot VR1 to set the required output voltage. Finally, note that in some applications, you might want to replace VR1 with a fixed resistor (eg, if VR1’s setting is close to a standard fixed value). This has been catered for on the PC board – just replace VR1 with resistor R2 SC (shown dotted). Reliable • Simple 2007 RS CATALOGUE OUT NOW! Australia New Zealand 48  Silicon Chip 1300 656 636 0800 888 780 copy today! www.rsaustralia.com www.rsnewzealand.com RS247 Order your siliconchip.com.au 675+NEW PRODUCTS Retro Inspired Dynamic Microphone New Kits Voltage Regulator Sonic Grenade After a 20 second delay, your Sonic Grenade will sound its annoying alarm continuously until you replace the pin. It makes a great personal alarm and has 3 pitch levels. Great for waking up the kids! • Requires 3 x AAA batteries not incl. • 125 mm high Cat. GT-3112 $19.95 Our York St store is moving to bigger & better premises! The new shop is just next-door and is three times the size of our current location! Come on in and see for yourself. Shop 1 & 2, 127 York St City Ph: (02) 9267 1614 Armoured Colour Dome Camera The dome of this camera is made of reinforced polycarbonate and is designed to withstand a 300kg impact without cracking. The base is made of solid diecast aluminum. It features 1/4" Sharp CCD sensor & a 350 TV line resolution • 92(dia) x 70(H)mm Cat. QC-3293 $129 Sensors Inside Mini Colour Dome Camera Small in size (only 72mm diameter) this tiny camera is excellent value for money and has specifications comparable to some of our higher priced dome cameras. It features a 1/4" Sharp CCD sensor and an 350 TV line resolution. • 72(dia) x 52(H)mm Cat. QC-3291 $69.00 Four Zone Wireless Alarm The system is simple to install and the alarm panel will detect and 'learn' which sensors have been installed. The control unit also monitors the system status and sensor battery condition to ensure system reliability. Includes control panel with keypad, a passive IR Cat. LA-5134 motion sensor, and a reed switch $99.95 sensor for door or window protection. FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888 Refer: Silicon Chip May 2007 This handy voltage regulator can provide up to 1,000mA at any voltage from 1.3 to 22VDC. Ideal for experimental projects or as a mini bench power supply etc. Kit supplied with PCB & electronic components. Cat. KC-5446 $14.95 Programmable High Energy Ignition System Refer: Silicon Chip March 2007 Ideal for two & four stroke engines. This system can be used to modify the factory ignition timing or as the basis for a stand-alone ignition system with variable ignition timing, electronic coil control & anti-knock sensing. • Timing retard & advance over a wide range • Suitable for single coil systems • Dwell adjustment • Optional coil driver • Single or dual mapping ranges Cat. KC-5442 • Max & min RPM adjustment $89.95 • Optional knock sensing *Supplied with PCB & all electronic components Add KC-5443 Ignition Coil Driver $44.50 & you’ll have a complete stand-alone ignition system that will trigger from a range of sources including points. Stereo VU/Peak Meter Refer: Silicon Chip May 2007 Accurately monitors audio signals to prevent signal clipping and ensure optimum recording levels. This unit is very responsive & uses two 16-segment bargraphs to display signal levels and transients peaks in real time. There are a number of display options to select, and both the signal threshold and signallevel calibration for each segment are adjustable. Kit supplied with PCBs, LCD and all electronic components. Accuracy within 1dB for signals above -40dB. Requires 9V-12VDC power supply use: MP-3147 $17.95 Cat. KC-5447 Short • Case not included form kit $69.95 use HB-6082 $9.95 Cat. GG-2307 $29.95 Better. More Technical INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au $79.95 USB Missile Launcher Mk II With full directional movement, you can now declare war on someone up to 7m away! It uses a burst of air ejecting the foam missile instead of a spring loaded mechanism. USB powered, the launcher Ready, Aim, comes with software, 3 Fire soft foam missiles, target, sound effects and USB lead. Cat. GE-4074 • Base measures 110mm(Dia.) $59.95 • Stands 120mm high 30A Blade Fuse Holder with Failure Lamp These blade fuse holders have an integrated red LED that will light up when the fuse blows, making it easy to find the offending fuse. Rated at 30A, they are supplied with 11mm leads and are available to suit standard blade and mini-blade fuses. Cat. SZ-2042 Standard blade fuse Cat. SZ-2043 Mini blade fuse Both (ea) $3.70 Hand-Held Signal Generator This hand-held unit generates sine or square waves from 20Hz to 150kHz at up to 8V peak to peak. It also has a -20dB attenuation switch, adjustable amplitude and a 1.2V sync output for oscilloscope or frequency counter. Requires Cat. QT-2302 9V battery (not included). $99.95 See our Simply aMAYzing flyer for great Mother's Day gift ideas Pink BBQ Tool Set The last bastion of male dominance has been breached - the barbeque! The set contains: spatula, scraper, wire brush, tongs, knife and skewers, all housed in a pink storage case. A great • Case measures: 450(L) Mothers Day present! x 400(W) x 150(D)mm It has a smooth, wide frequency response making it ideal for vocalists. Featuring a neodymium magnet, its body is made from heavy-duty polished diecast aluminium and includes a foamlined carry case. Cat. AM-4091 • 178(L) x 70(Dia.)mm Don’t forge t Mother ’s Day Sunday 13th May 1 USB Bluetooth Hands-Free Stereo Earphones Listen to your iPod® or MP3 player without missing a call from your mobile phone. This tiny device will allow you to answer, hang up and swap between your music source and mobile handset as well as adjusting the volume. Reversing Made Easy Rear View Mirror TFT Monitor with Camera Cat. XC-4894 $99.95 Ultrasonic Cleaner It's massive 100W transducer produces millions of microscopic bubbles that are small enough to penetrate the most microscopic of crevices, cleaning them thoroughly. Use this cleaner for automotive injectors, jewellery, glasses, circuit boards and more! The unit features a large LED display with real time countdown. You can also set the cleaning time Cat. YH-5410 in 5 minute increments. $299 • 265(L)x160(W)x100(H)mm Electronic Photo Frame Cat. QM-3759 Plug in your data card and display $199 your images in a slide show, a single image or thumbnails. You can also play a sound track for accompaniment, show video clips or print your photos on a SAVE compatible printer. Supports $50 SM, SD, XD, MS & MMC card formats and can be wall mounted or displayed on a table. •Remote control and 12VDC plugpack included. • 238(L) x 184(H) x 40(D)mm Was $249 USB Pink Keyboard & Optical Mouse Kit Great idea to compliment and complete any girl's office. It features 21 hot keys including three Cat. XC-5151 ACPI keys for easy access to the internet, email & multimedia applications. $29.95 • Bonus heart shaped mouse pad 300mm Cold Cathode Fluorescent (CCFL) Lighting Kits Encased in a clear tube, mount these inside a computer tower case, a show car or in cabinets etc. 12VDC powered, supplied as a pair and come complete with adhesive mounts, pre-wired switch and a pre-wired inverter with a 280mm long cable to the tube and a 540mm power cord terminated to a standard computer hard drive plug/socket assembly. All Types $19.95 pr • Available in three colours: SL-2855 White / SL-2856 Blue / SL-2857 UV Oscillating Blue 2-Line Message Display This ultra modern message display clock uses a fast oscillating arm with 16 LEDs together with precision timing so that the Cat. XC-0197 messages & clock functions $69.95 appear to be floating in mid-air. Program 5 messages with a total of 400 characters & have them appear on 5 different dates. • Plugpack inc. • 200(W) x 200(H) x 70(D)mm 2 A complete rear-view safety package including a TFT monitor and a flush mount simple to install colour camera. It has adjustable spring-loaded brackets to fit different sized rear vision mirrors and includes a slimline remote control. Composite video input. Includes 5 metre video/power cable. Cat. QM-3762 • 7" screen • Simply clips over your $299 sun visor or rear vision mirror Reversing Sensor with Dashboard Display This unit will alert you to objects or people behind your vehicle and will give you an estimated distance and their location via the dash mounted display. Cat. LR-8869 $169 Digital Voice Recorder 4/8 Hrs with USB Packed with features to suit students, real estate agents, executives or any professional. With USB interface, files can be uploaded in no-time. The recorder will store up to 8 hours of voice quality audio in a compact light, handheld unit. • Software and USB interface lead supplied • Requires 2 x AAA batteries Cat. XC-0255 (not included) $99.95 Was $129.95 SAVE $30 7" Four Input In-Car TFT Colour Video Monitor This stylish monitor is an excellent choice for in-car applications from DVDs to game consoles or reversing cameras and GPS navigation systems etc. Can also be used with multiple cameras on larger vehicle and trucks. Supplied complete with mounting bracket, input and power leads, and Cat. QM-3772 infrared remote $299 control. See our full range of In-car Monitors in our 2007 Catalogue MPEG-4 Media Player with Remote Control Keep a large library of movies, music, photos on this device and play back on your PC or TV for days of entertainment. Boasting composite, S-Video component and RGB video output with stereo and digital (SPDIF) audio output, it is compatible with almost any home theatre system. With space for up to 500GB of hard drive storage (not supplied) and a slim line remote with full functions. • Power supply, 1m USB lead, 1.5m AV lead & stand included. Cat. XC-4866 $199 Cool Mist Humidifier To help reduce the spreading of allergens and skin dehydration this elegant humidifier generates cool mist via safe, quiet ultrasonic waves. Add a few drops of essential oil to give a nice scent to the entire room. Cat. YH-5462 • Automatic shut-off $49.95 • 60ml water tank capacity • Mains power supply included • Measures 90(Dia.) x 210(H)mm Office Assistants Mini 4 Port USB 2.0 Hub The perfect add-on! The unit is plug and play for automatic detection and safe removal of the unit. Power is derived from the computer's USB ports. Cat. XC-4824 Better. More Technical What better way to jazz up your desk than with these pink and white rhinestone desk accessories. $29.95 USB Powered Notebook Light Use this USB port powered light when looking inside a computer, or when on the road with a laptop. Twist the head to turn On/ Off, has a gooseneck for universal angle adjustment. Desktop Bling Cat. ST-2808 $14.95 Don't forget Mothers Day! Rhinestone Mouse Cat. GH-1890 $19.95 Simply plug into your computer's USB port and away you go. • Measures 103(L) x 57(W) x 33(H)mm Rhinestone Dual Power Calculator Cat. GH-1892 $17.95 8 digit LCD with all the features of a regular office calculator. •Battery operated or solar powered • Measures 145(L) x 100(W)mm Rhinestone Stapler Cat. GH-1894 $14.95 This stapler takes size 56 staples • Measures 160(L) x 39(W)mm FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888 INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au Valve Look-alike AM/FM Radio A funky AM/FM radio that's styled like a hi-fi valve amp with genuine imitation valves that glow just like real ones. It also has a faux heatsink to complete the look. 90mm high.•Requires 4 x AA batteries (not included) HDMI Leads and Accessories HDMI Selectors Remote Controlled Two Input HDMI Switcher Cat. AR-1777 $14.95 Bass Shaker Works like a speaker, but instead of a cone it has a steel mass that transmits a jolt of energy to give an interactive feel to your home cinema or sound system. Use single or multiple units to give bass a new meaning. See website for full specifications. Cat. CS-2277 $39.95 A simple device for switching between two high definition multimedia (HDMI) sources. Supplied with an I/R receiver fitted to a 2m cable • Size 80(L) x 55(W) x 17(H)mm Cat. AC-1692 $89.95 HDMI Four Channel HDTV Input Selector Feel The Bass This four input HDMI selector routes HD video and audio signals from the selected input to the HDMI output. The switcher also supports optical and coaxial audio inputs which are switched in unison with the HDMI . Cat. AC-1694 $199 Satellite Finder This is an absolute must for portable system like those in RVs. This is an instrument to make dish aiming a snap! Find satellites fast with our satellite finder and save countless hours of frustration as you try to align your dish. Two Channel Input 2.4GHz Wireless Audio Video Sender Cat. LS-3300 $29.95 8" Twincone 8 Ohm PA Speaker This 200mm driver has a black cardboard cone, is high in efficiency and is ideal as an extension speaker or low level sound reinforcement. It makes for an ideal ceiling extension speaker and has mounting holes. • 8ohms • 10WRMS power Supports two AV devices connected to the transmitter and you can feed as many receivers as you like. Includes built-in IR remote control repeater, selector switch, AV leads, power supplies and instruction Was $129.95 manual. Note: This unit does not Cat. AR-1846 simultaneously broadcast two signals Additional receivers AR-1847 $89.95 Was $69.95 Now $59.95 Save $10 Carbon-Fibre Subwoofers Cat. CE-2325 $19.95 350 Watt RMS Active Subwoofer Amplifier Module This subwoofer amplifier module one has it all. Cat. AA-0508 Loads of power, adjustable sensitivity, $299.95 adjustable crossover frequency and even an infrared remote control. • 350 WRMS • S/N ratio: >95dB Was $329.00 SAVE $29.05 Featuring high quality carbon-fibre cones and dual 4 ohm voice coils, these subs offer great performance and durability. See our website for details. SAVE 10" Carbon-Fibre Subwoofer Was $179.95 $20 • 250WRMS power • 87dB sensitivity Cat. CS-2278 • Enclosure to suit CS-2533 $159.95 Was $49.95 Now $39.95 Save $10 12" Carbon-Fibre Subwoofer • 300WRMS power • 88.2dB sensitivity Cat. CS-2279 • Enclosure to suit CS-2535 $219 Was $69.95 Now $49.95 Save $20 Car Amplifiers Wireless Microphone PLL UHF 32 Channel Diversity Receiver Includes 2 Mics Suitable for professional and stage use, this UHF wireless microphone system features 16 user - selectable channels on each microphone input to provide interference-free Diversity transmission. It also has phase Type locked loop (PLL) circuitry for frequency stability. Cat. AM-4079 • Dual ch version also available $399 AM-4078 $199 Our amplifiers have taken pole position for two consecutive years in Car Stereo Australia's Product of the Year Awards. We have an amp to suit every application. See our Check out our website for all the great features! amps in-store 2 x 80WRMS Was 169.95 2 x 80WRMS <at> 4 ohms 2 x 100WRMS <at>2 ohms SAVE 1 x 200WRMS <at> 4 ohms $10 SAVE Cat. AA-0420 $159.95 $30.95 4 x 100WRMS 4 x 50WRMS 4 x 50WRMS <at> 4ohms • 4 x 130WRMS <at> 4 ohms 4 x 80 WRMS <at> 2ohms • 4 x 190WRMS <at> 2 ohms 2 x 160WRMS <at> 4 ohms • 2 x 380WRMS <at> 4 ohms AA-0426 $269 Was $299 Cat. AA-0422 $199 800WRMS Class D 2 x 150WRMS 2 x 150WRMS <at> 4 ohms 1 x 400WRMS <at> 4 ohms 2 x 255WRMS <at>2 ohms 1 x 700WRMS <at> 2 ohms 1 x 500WRMS <at>4 ohms 1 x 820WRMS <at> 1 ohm AA-0428 $399 Cat. AA-0424 $249.95 FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888 SAVE $40 INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au High definition multimedia interface (HDMI) provides high quality signals for the best in reproduction quality. Male to Male connection WQ-7400 1.5m $39.95ea WQ-7402 3.0m $49.95ea WQ-7404 5.0m $64.95ea WQ-7405 10m $99.95ea HDMI to DVI Cable WQ-7406 3.0m $39.95ea HDMI Adaptors PA-3640 HDMI Socket to Socket $14.95ea PA-3642 HDMI Plug to DVI-D Socket $14.95ea PA-3644 HDMI Plug to DVI-D Plug $14.95ea HDMI In-Line Repeater/Extender Extend the range of any HDMI device, such as a monitor or TV, settop box, DVD player, PC or gaming system, up to 60 metres (powered). It will work with DVI components with an adaptor. Plugpack included. Cat. AC-1698 • Supports resolutions $79.95 up to 1080i/1080p • Size: 62 x 22 x 20mm HDMI Wall Plate Sockets Standard Australian/NZ GPO mount with single HDMI socket for AV installations. Single or double • Single - Cat. PS-0285 $14.95 • Double - Cat. PS-0286 $24.95 2 Way Marine Speakers Install proper marine-grade speakers in your boat and they will still sound good long after ordinary car speakers have died. 4" 20WRMS Cat. CS-2390 Was $49.95 6" 40WRMS Cat. CS-2392 Was $59.95 Cat. CS-2390 $39.95 Cat. CS-2392 $49.95 SAVE $10 SAVE $10 400mm Pedestal Speaker Stands These speaker stands are made of tough, steel construction, featuring three strong tubular supports. Audiophiles will be pleased to know that these tubes can be filled with dry sand and/or lead shot with a Cat. CW-2846 suitable sealant. The base SAVE has 4 gold-styled spikes to $10 $89 reduce resonances. Dimensions: Base Plate - 280(D) x 210(W)mm Speaker Plate - 210(D) x 170(W)mm Was $99 Low Cost Stereo Amplifier This 18W per channel transistor amplifier is protected from accidental speaker wiring shorts and has a front panel microphone input, bass and Cat. AA-0472 treble controls as well as a master volume control. $39.95 Better. More Technical 3 Eclipse Lithium Primary Battery Packs Lithium Iron (Li Fe) batteries have 5-6 times the capacity of alkaline equivalents. Rated for 1200mAh (for AAA size) and 1500mAh (for AA), using these represents a 40-60% cost saving over alkaline batteries. These batteries are non-rechargeable and have a storage life of 10 years AAA Pkt 2: Cat. SB-2364 $7.95 AAA Pkt 4: Cat. SB-2365 $11.95 AA Pkt 2: Cat. SB-2366 $7.95 AA Pkt 4: Cat. SB-2367 $11.95 12V Sealed Lead-Acid Batteries They feature leak proof construction, long service life, high discharge capability, deep discharge recovery, and more. Don’t use low quality SLA batteries to save a dollar or two, you will just end up replacing them even sooner. We have Volts Ah Cat. NOW a massive range of 12 1.3 SB-2480 $16.95 SLA batteries 12 2.2 SB-2482 $23.95 12 4.2 SB-2484 $28.95 12 7.2 SB-2486 $19.95 WOW! 12 18 SB-2490 $44.95 Amorphous Solar Panels These offer excellent quality and value for money. Beware of cheap amorphous solar panels which will simply not give the claimed output power. All supplied with lead to battery clips and plastic corner protectors. Voltage Power Cat Price 6V 1W ZM-9020 $29.95 12 V 2W ZM-9024 $39.95 12 V 4W ZM-9026 $69.95 12 V 10 W ZM-9030 $139.00 12 V 15 W ZM-9045 $159.95 Solar Charger & Power Bank Charge your phone, MP3 player and other digital devices wherever you are. The solar charger can be charged either by the sun, USB port or mains power. • Li-ion rechargeable battery • Output voltage/current 5.5V/500mA • Suits most phone types Motorola, Nokia, Samsung, Cat. MB-3588 Sony Ericsson, Siemens $69.95 • Folded size: 120(L) x 17(W) x 62(H)mm Universal Battery Checker with Tester and LCD Display This premium battery checker will test all types, including standard AA/AAA/ C/D/9V/12V, button and lithium batteries. The LCD display indicates the level of Cat. QP-2255 capacity as a percentage. $49.95 Heavy Duty 70 Amp Battery Power Selector Here's a simple, solid-state solution for wiring redundant DC power sources. The independent batteries are internally isolated while the critical load is connected. Current is drawn automatically and continuously from the battery with the highest charge. • Rated for 6-48VDC negative Cat. MB-3672 ground systems up to 70 amps $99.95 • Heavy duty marine grade • Complete with stainless steel mounting hardware 4 Dual Tracking Laboratory Power Supply This automatic constantvoltage/constant-current transfer type power supply is effectively two 0-32VDC 3 amp power supplies in one. The two outputs can be operated independently, connected in parallel, or in series for multiple outputs currents and voltages. Displays are backlit and extremely Cat. MP-3087 easy to read. See website or $399 catalogue for full specifications. Control Appliances with the Push of a Button Remote Control For RF Devices Use this remote in conjunction with any of the below receivers and control up to 4 devices, it has a range of 50m (approx). Cat. MS-6134 $24.95 Receivers to Suit These modules work with remote control unit Cat. MS-6134 to control devices. 240VAC: Switches 240VAC Mains Appliances. Cat. MS-6138 $29.95 2 Amp Regulated DC-DC Converter This converter will operate on 12 and 24 volt car and truck systems. It plugs directly into the cigarette lighter socket and its output voltages are 1.5, 3, 4.5, 6, 7.5, 9 and 12VDC at 2,000mA, fully regulated. • 12VDC output regulated only on 24V systems Cat. MP-3038 12V: Rated for 12V AC or DC. Cat. MS-6139 $29.95 Weatherproof Receiver 240V Similar to Cat. MS-6139, except housed in a weatherproof IP44 rated enclosure and rated for 6A at 240V. Operates on 433.92MHz in conjunction with MS-6134. Cat. MS-6136 $39.95 $24.95 13.8V 20A Switchmode Bench Power Supply Ideal for testing and running high drain low voltage equipment such as car audio, marine accessories, and automotive gear. A must for serious lab work. See website for details. INVERTER SAVINGS Cat. MP-3078 $99.95 Wind Powered Generator Experimenter's Kit A great learning tool! This small scale project enables you to build a real working wind generator, then use it for experimenting. It can supply up to 10VDC <at> 100mA (depending on wind speed). Kit includes all parts to make the generator, Cat. KJ-6696 fan assembly, and pedestal. $49.95 Stands 250mm high. 200 Watt Wind Turbine Generators 200 Watt Wind Turbine Generators 12V & 24V models available. They will generate 200 watts at wind speed as low as 8 metres per second and will deliver useful power with a gentle 3 metre/sec breeze or give up to 300 watts at higher wind velocities. The 71kg units feature a 3 phase permanent magnet alternator with a serious 2.1 metre diameter 3 blade rotor. The units will withstand wind speeds of 40m/sec (144km/hr). Some skill is required in construction e.g. concreting, mechanical assembly and rigging. Units are shipped in three boxes, with a combined weight of 86kg. NB. Due to the weight and size not all stores will have these in stock. The store can order the unit for you and have it delivered to your site (freight costs are additional). See our website or catalogue for further specifications. Both Types (ea) 12V Model 24V Model Cat MG-4512 Cat MG-4510 $499 Better. More Technical 12VDC to 230VAC Inverters Inverters are available from 150W to a massive 1500W. All have a LED power indicator, electrical isolation between the battery and secondary voltages for safety, and the higher power inverters feature fan assisted cooling. 24V inverters also available. MI-5102 Cat No MI-5102 MI-5104 MI-5106 MI-5108 MI-5110 MI-5112 MI-5114 Power 150W 300W 400W 600W 800W 1000W 1500W MI-5110 Now $48.95 $99.95 $79.95 $159.95 $139.95 $249.95 $229.95 $299.95 $269.95 $399.95 $359.95 $599.95 $529.95 Was Save $20 $20 $20 $30 $40 $70 Dual Stage Lead-Acid Battery Float Chargers Fully automatic switchmode battery chargers that will efficiently charge high capacity sealed and unsealed lead acid batteries then properly maintain them. Just connect and forget. 12V <at> 6A $79.95 Cat. MB-3610 12V <at> 12A $99.95 Cat. MB-3612 24V <at> 6A $99.95 Cat. MB-3614 12V Ni-Cd/Ni-MH Charger Recharge your cordless drill on a building site or your rechargeable RC models when you don't have mains power or a generator. • Automatic battery voltage detection • Manual charge current adjustment • Discharge button Cat. MB-3630 • LED charge status indication • Reverse polarity, short-circuit $59.95 and overload protection • Includes 900mm cigarette lighter lead, 1800mm extension lead with alligator clips, 1.8m battery charging lead with 2 pin adaptor, 2 pin Utilux type connector for RC battery packs and a 2 pin lead with alligator clips FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888 INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au NEVER BE F ORE HAS F O R E C A S TIN G LO CAL W E AT HE R BE E N T H IS E A S Y ! Wireless Weather Station with Computer Interface This affordable computer connect weather station monitors indoor and outdoor temperature and humidity, rainfall, barometric pressure, wind speed & direction, wind chill, & dew point. See our full range in-store $399 The system consists of two wireless outdoor sensors, a wireless doorbell and an indoor receiver. The device will measure indoor and two outdoor temperatures, humidity, barometric change as well as the respective maximum /minimum temperatures and humidity. The indoor receiver has a large LCD that shows full clock and calendar functions. It will display the data obtained from the outside sensors and has an audible and visual annunciation when the Cat. XC-0336 doorbell is pressed.See our $99.95 website for further specifications. Survive the great outdoors with this stylish digital multifunctional sports watch. Features clock, calendar, alarm, stopwatch, thermometer Cat. XC-0268 and compass. $29.95 Was $34.95 SAVE $5.00 Motorbike Gadgets Motorcycle Headset for UHF CB Radios Use it for projects, parking, exercising or studying. It's water resistant, has a memory setting for frequently used values and the buzzer alerts you to when your time is up. • Countdown range 99 hours 99 minutes 99 seconds Cat. XC-0271 • Batteries included $19.95 • 88(W) x 130(H) x 22(D)mm UHF Twin Pack Walkie Talkies This pack of 2 funky mini UHF CB communicators can keep you clearly in touch up to 3km. They feature electronic volume control, monitor functions and an integrated blue LED torch. Batteries Cat. DC-1005 not included. See our full range of CB Radios in-store Marine VHF Transceiver Wireless Brake Light for Motorcycle Helmets Built into a lightweight, flexible strip that attaches to the back of your helmet with strong double-sided tape, the light incorporates six high intensity red LEDs and is triggered by a tiny wireless transmitter wired to the brake light on the bike. Can be removed when Cat. ST-3186 necessary without damage. $49.95 Batteries inc. • 195(W) x 30(H) x 15(D)mm Digital Handheld Anemometer FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au The tiny stainless steel pliers include wire cutting jaws and have a neat folding handle that conceals a knife, screwdrivers and a nail file. The tool is ideal for running repairs or even a manicure set. • Matching pink slipcase with Cat. TD-2071 belt loop included $7.95 • Measures 52mm long folded $15.95 HID Torches Cat. DC-1094 $199.95 Cat. SL-2715 $39.95 A handy tool for the sailor, windsurfer or the everyday enthusiast. Measures the speed of wind in mph, km/h, m/s or knots, displayed on an LCD display with a Beauford wind scale bar graph. Cat. QM-1640 • 39(L) x17(W) x 98(H)mm $79.95 Pink Pocket Pliers Key Fob Cat. GH-1380 Ideal for garages, gazebos and greenhouses. The 360° adjustable solar panel will allow for custom positioning. It's waterproof, features a cord-switch to operate, and is simple to install. Pack includes solar panel and mounting bracket, 2.4m cable and rechargeable enclosed Ni-Cd battery. Ideal for when there is no mains power available A must have item for any Mum who loves gardening. The set contains a mini hand trowel, mini 3 tined rake, and a magnificent multi tool featuring secateurs, knife, weeder & two serrated blades.The handy belt pouch Cat. TD-2072 holds everything secure and $14.95 within easy reach. Simply plug into your car's cigarette lighter socket, mount to your car's interior and boil away. Holds up to 550ml and makes up to 4 cups of tea, coffee, soup or any other hot beverage. • 235(H) x 95(dia)mm $49.95 pr This unit gives full VHF channel coverage of all international VHF marine channels in a compact tough hand-held unit complete with LCD. • 56 channels with alphanumeric display • Charging cradle with 12VDC plugpack • Full specifications on website Complies with Australian Standards for VHF Transceivers (AS/NZ4415.1) Pink 3 Piece Gardening Tool Set Car Kettle Solar Powered Garage LED Light Designed to fit into a full-face helmet with the included selfadhesive Velcro mounts, it can be easily removed when not in use. Add a second set and use it as a bike to bike or rider to pillion intercom. Handlebar-mounted push-to-talk button included.Compatible with the following UHF CBs: DC-1025, DC-1028, DC-1040, DC-1045 & DC-1060. Cat. DC-1037 • Headset cable length: 1.6m • PTT button cable length: 1.3m $99 TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888 Mother's Day Gift Ideas The ultimate battery powered portable work light available. It features an adjustable head that can be pointed up or down to direct the light where you want it. Every home and car should have one of these beauties. Cat. ST-3126 • Mains and car chargers included $49.95 • Size 100(W) x 300(H) x 120(D)mm Countdown Timer Cat. XC-0291 Weather Station with Wireless Sensors and Doorbell Digital Multifunctional Sports Watch 63 LED Work Light with Tripod Stand Utilising the same globe technology found in expensive European car headlights, no other torch is capable of emitting a clear, brighter more natural light. These HID torches come with car & mains chargers, lanyard & diffusion filters for varying lighting applications. 24W Rechargeable HID Torch It has a burn time of over 100mins between charging, is housed in sturdy weatherproof aluminium casing and is excellent for security personnel. • Light output: 1800 Lumens • Size: 72(Dia.) x 380(L)mm Cat. ST-3362 $499 21W Waterproof HID Rechargeable Torch Waterproof up to 50m this diving torch has a detachable curved and Cat. ST-3364 pistol grip handle and has a burn time of over 130 minutes. $499 • Light output: 1300 Lumens • Size: 106(W) x 105(H) x 180(D)mm HID Rechargeable Head Torch It can serve as a hand or headlamp and will run continuously for over 115mins. It is waterproof (IP54 rated) and is ideal for emergency service personnel. Cat. ST-3366 • Light output: 500 Lumens $399 • Size: 47(Dia.) x 145(L)mm Better. More Technical 5 GSM Alarm Automation Transmitter Receiver SAVE $100 It can be utilised as the heart of your home automation or security system. With 2 onboard relays (expandable to 8) it easily connects to eight different pieces of equipment such as the air conditioner, central heating system and electric gates. Keep up to four different sensors under surveillance and in the event of a security breach, or AC power failure, the unit will send an SMS alarm message or an email to a PC. See our website or page 294 of our catalogue for full specs & application areas. Was $699 Cat. LA-5370 Relay Expansion Board to Suit. $599 Expand the G-smart to switch 6 extra relays to control additional applications. Cat. LA-5372 Was $99 Now $89 Save $10 Quad Processor with 2 CMOS Colour Cameras & Remote Control Add a monitor and you have a complete surveillance system. With 2 colour IR cameras, this processor turns any standard TV or monitor into a mulitplexer. Cat. QV-3095 It can display a single camera view, or combinations of different camera views $349 including one or two picture-in-picture, or automatic sequencing. Weatherproof Bellbox Siren/Strobe Light 12V Designed for outdoor alarm applications, this unit has a strobe light and two piezo sirens. Both the strobe and the siren operate on 12VDC from an external alarm source. Termination is by 600mm flying leads. Suitable for caravans, boats, garages etc. $199 They incorporates high speed real time compression and digital motion detection, alarm event recording and logging, variable compression, and mixed frame rate recording. The surveillance images can be accessed remotely via a LAN, WAN or the Internet. Available in 4 & 8 channel: 4 Channel Cat. QV-3080 $199 6 8 Channel Cat. QV-3082 $349 $169 Mini XENON Strobe Lights These strobes are weatherproof and rustproof. They operate on 12VDC <at> 180mA and are ideal for mounting on siren covers. Size: 70(Dia) x 30(H)mm • Three colours available: Blue: Cat. LA-5302 Red: Cat. LA-5303 Amber: Cat. LA-5304 Each Model A 12V hardwired smoke detector that is ideal for permanent wiring in boats, caravans or motorhomes. It draws only 5mA from a 12V source and if smoke appears, will trip a set of contacts to say an existing burglar alarm system. The detector supports N.O and N.C circuits and is supplied Was with mounting hardware. $24.95 • Size: 110(Dia) x 38(H)mm Dummy Cameras Mini Dome Dummy Camera See our full range of dummy cameras in-store Make your business, home SAVE $5 Cat. LA-5045 $19.95 Shed, Boat or Garage Alarm Simple to install, this pack consists of a main unit which houses a passive infrared sensor (PIR) for motion detection, reed switch to alarm a doorway, a loud piezo siren and an IR remote control to arm and disarm the alarm. It's powered by the supplied mains plug pack with the option of fitting 3 x AA batteries (not included). • Control unit measures 80(W) x 120(H) x 32(D) mm. • Supplied with a 10m lead for reed switch connection A remote controlled switch for any number of applications, from alarm controllers to door openers. They include two transmitters and a receiver in a case with coded wiring loom. The receiver operates on 11-15VDC and they have a 50m operating range. Three different types available see catalogue for full specifications Latching LR-8820 $89.95 Momentary LR-8822 $99.95 Momentary & Latching LR-8825 $99.95 $24.50 Photoelectric Smoke Detector or office look like it's under surveillance, includes the metal camera case inside (with no lens). • 88(Dia) x Cat. LA-5317 68(H)mm $9.95 approx Metal Dummy Dome Camera with Corner Mount Bracket Cat. LA-5400 $49.95 The triangular shaped base allows this camera to fit neatly into a corner and give the impression of wide angled surveillance. The dome is fitted with a fake camera. • Dimensions: 140(W) x 70(H) x 130(D) mm approx. • Dome: 70(Dia.)mm approx Cat. LA-5312 $14.95 Security Savings $29.95 This siren/strobe combination includes an integrated solar panel to charge a 6V SLA battery and uses wireless RF technology to communicate with an ordinary alarm panel. Wireless receiver included. Cat. LA-5307 SLA battery available separately. Digital Video Recording PCI Cards with MPEG 4 Disguised as a smoke detector. Featuring a SonyTM CCD sensor this 380 TV line camera is ideal for covert, indoor surveillance Cat. QC-3555 applications. Cat. LA-5309 Solar Wireless Bell Box Siren & Strobe Garrison Remote Controls CCD Colour Camera Colour Wireless Video Doorphone 2.4GHz 14" B&W 4 Channel Quad Surveillance Monitor The internal unit has a clear 1.8" LCD display, all control buttons and Originally can accommodate $599 up to 4 cameras which can be mounted up to 30m away! Package includes: one camera, monitor, power supplies and mounting hardware. Cat. QC-3625 SAVE Additional CMOS $100 2.4GHz Camera to suit $499 off RRP Cat. QC-3626 $199 This 14" B&W monitor accepts up to 4 cameras and will automatically display each camera's picture on the SAVE monitor screen or display all $200 four images at once. Each off RRP camera input can be assigned a title which displays on the monitor screen Cat. QM-3418 and describes the area under $399 surveillance. Originally $599 Transmits an invisible beam of infrared light across the doorway onto a prismatic reflector mounted on the opposite side. Designed to be used in genuine commercial environments. Cat. LA-5193 • Transmitter/Receiver size 117(H) x 45(W) x (78(D)mm $89.95 • Effective range 2 - 8 metres They feature a 380 TV line resolution, operate on standard 12VDC and are supplied with a quality, swivel mount base and mounting screws. Size: 26(Dia) x 87mm Colour (Sony Sensor) B&W (Samsung Sensor) Was $199.00 Was $99.00 SAVE $40.00 SAVE $20.00 Weather Resistant Bullet Commercial Grade Doorway Beam Style CCD Cameras Better. More Technical Cat. QC-3488 $159 Cat. QC-3467 $79 FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888 INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au Test & Measure Autoranging DMM With USB Datalogging Interface 4000 count DMM features a large backlit display, continuity and dual temperature readings, diode, capacitance and frequency test and is cat III 1000V rated. With USB interface, you can take your datalogger anywhere with a simple connection to Cat. QM-1462 a laptop. See our website for full specs. $139.95 Compact Non-Contact Thermometer With a wide temperature range and laser sighting, this portable meter is easy to use for quick and accurate temperature checking of any surface. The backlight allows for low light temperature readings and the unit has an 8:1 distance to spot size. Belt holster & 9V battery included. • Temperature range: -50 to +550°C Cat. QM-7223 (-58 to +1022°F) $97.95 • 160(H) x 82(W) x 41.5(D)mm Digital Luxmeter This digital luxmeter will measure light from 0.01 lux to 50,000 lux across four ranges. The photo detector is connected by a 1m curly cord which allows you to take light measurements at Cat. QM-1586 various position. $49 • +/- 5%rdg +10 digits (<10,000 lux) • +/- 10%rdg +10 digits (>10,000 lux) AC/DC Current Clamp Meter This small clamp meter will measure up to 200 amps DC. It is ideal for car stereo installations and electrical trades people. It has a one touch zero adjustment for DC current measurement. Cat. QM-1562 • Jaw opening is 23mm. $139.95 IP67 Rated USB Connectors for Harsh Environments Industrial USB connectors encased in a robust housing with an IP67 waterproof seal. A Female PS-0782 $16.95 A Male Lead PP-0784 $13.95 A Female Lead PS-0786 $13.95 Cap PP-0788 $8.95 Earth Straps This is a good sized unit. It has eight rows of five drawers, all the usual size- ie: 50(W) x 108(D) x 32(H)mm. 257(W) x 345(H) x Cat. HB-6328 130(D)mm. $19.95 If you have a late model car, it will probably have an OBD (On-Board Diagnostics) connector. If it was manufactured after 1996, it will support the OBD II protocols. This OBD II Scan Tool supports the CAN (Controller Can be used to check Area Network) protocol and the VIN number on late model cars! can be used to diagnose prior to repair and to verify a repair Cat. QP-2294 after service. 1200mm extra long leads, Cat 1V rated for safety, features a finger guard and can handle Cat. WT-5338 20A of current. The probes are suitable for inserting into a standard 4mm banana $14.95 socket and includes probe covers. 2 Channel USB Oscilloscope At last! A genuinely affordable computer connect oscilloscope. Using the Plug 'n Play USB technology and providing full optical isolation from the computer, this oscilloscope is easy to setup and use, as well as providing protection for the computer. The software (again developed in Europe) is a fully featured chart recorder, function generator, logic generator, logic analyser, and spectrum analyser all in one easy to use package. • See website for specifications. Cat. QC-1930 $299 $59.95 SAVE $50 INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au Cat. SY-4077 $12.95 PCB Mount & Reliable Solid State Relays Rated at 250V with 2A contacts 5VDC Cat. SY-4088 Both Units (ea) 12VDC Cat. SY-4089 $8.95 Maglite ® Accessories Light only travels in straight lines, but you can make it bend with this Fibre Optic adaptor. A small attachment fits right over the head of your torch to give you a Cat. ST-3410 flexible light source for inspecting in tight places. 3mm diameter cable. $14.95 Upgrade your AA, C, or D battery size Maglite® to LED technology and prolong your battery life. With the AA Maglite® upgrade, you get up to 4 times the battery life. With the C and D size upgrade kit, you can boost the battery life by up to 10 times!! Suit AA Mini Suits 2 - 6 cell Maglite® C/D size Maglite® Cat. ST-3400 $14.75 Cat. ST-3402 $21.95 Bite Light Attachment for Maglites® Cat. TS-1446 $39.95 This is an industrial quality product. If your work requires compliance with 'Reduction of Hazardous Substance' (RoHS) directives, you must use lead free solder. This quality Japanese made station will go from cold to 350°C in six seconds! See our website for full specifications. $449 $8.95 Fibre Optic Adaptor for Maglites® Cat. BM-7108 Lead Free Soldering Station Cat. TS-1490 Cat. SY-4076 This great nylon carry pouch allows you to secure your Maglight® safely to your belt. With real world use in Cat. ST-3408 mind, it also has a small pouch to carry two spare AA or AAA batteries. $8 Lightweight Soldering Was $499.00 Designed for automotive applications, these quality relays have an integrated blade fuse and metal mounting bracket. •Fuse supplied •Two types available 15A 30A LED Upgrade Kits for Maglites® This book covers everything from atomic structure, to DC and AC theory, semiconductors, integrated circuits and communications. Each chapter has a quiz at the end so you can test your knowledge of each subject. • 232 x 190mm • Softcover. 699 pages 13W Pencil SPST Automotive Fused Relays Belt Pouch for Maglites® Teach Yourself Electricity and Electronics 4th Ed. FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888 $129 Professional Cat IV Multimeter Probes This is the most delicate direct mains iron we have ever seen. It features a comfortable non-slip rubber finger grip and balances perfectly when held. A highly flexible earthing connector, commonly used in switchgear, car audio and a range of industries. • Tinned copper braid with 10mm stud holes 40 Amp 250mm with 236 x 26 strands Cat. WE-3102 $7.95 100 Amp 250mm length with 40 x 20 strands Cat. WE-3104 $12.95 33 Drawer Parts Cabinet OBD II LCD Scan Tool This attachment fits over the end of your torch with a patented mouth piece to allow you to safely bite down on it to hold the torch in place. It also includes a neck lanyard. Cat. ST-3405 $7.95 1W LED AA Mini Maglite® Upgrade 1 watt Luxeon® LED upgrade for your AA Mini Maglite®. Greatly increased battery life and no globes to replace. Add the IQ switch and have 5 light modes: high, medium and low power, slow and fast strobe as well as automatic shut-off after 14.5 minutes. ST-3403 LED Upgrade $29.95 ST-3404 LED Upgrade with IQ Switch $39.95 Better. More Technical 7 Jacob's Ladder High Voltage Protect and Extend the Life Display Kit Mk II of Your Power Tool Refer: Silicon Chip April 2007 Rechargeable Batteries With this kit and the purchase of a 12V VN Commodore ignition coil (available from auto stores and parts recyclers), create an awesome rising ladder of noisy sparks that emit the recognizable smell of Ozone. This improved circuit is suited to modern high power ignition coils and will deliver a spectacular visual display that appears dangerous as indeed it is. Kit includes PCB, pre-cut wire and all electronic components. • 12V automotive ignition coil not included Cat. KC-5445 • 12V car battery, 7Ah SLA $39.95 or >5Amp DC power supply required YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE Freecall Orders: Ph 1800 022 888 NEW SOUTH WALES Albury Ph (02) 6021 6788 Alexandria Ph (02) 9699 4699 Bankstown Ph (02) 9709 2822 Blacktown Ph (02) 9678 9669 Bondi Junction Ph (02) 9369 3899 Brookvale Ph (02) 9905 4130 Campbelltown Ph (02) 4620 7155 Erina Ph (02) 4365 3433 Gore Hill Ph (02) 9439 4799 Hornsby Ph (02) 9476 6221 Newcastle Ph (02) 4965 3799 Parramatta Ph (02) 9683 3377 Penrith Ph (02) 4721 8337 Silverwater Ph (02) 9741 8557 Sydney City Ph (02) 9267 1614 Taren Point Ph (02) 9531 7033 Tweed Heads Ph (07) 5524 6566 Wollongong Ph (02) 4226 7089 VICTORIA Coburg Ph (03) 9384 1811 Frankston Ph (03) 9781 4100 Geelong Ph (03) 5221 5800 Melbourne Ph (03) 9663 2030 Ringwood Ph (03) 9870 9053 Springvale Ph (03) 9547 1022 Sunshine Ph (03) 9310 8066 QUEENSLAND Aspley Ph (07) 3863 0099 Ipswich Ph (07) 3282 5800 Mermaid Beach Ph (07) 5526 6722 Townsville Ph (07) 4772 5022 Underwood Ph (07) 3841 4888 Woolloongabba Ph (07) 3393 0777 AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY Belconnen Ph (02) 6253 5700 Fyshwick Ph (02) 6239 1801 TASMANIA Hobart Ph (03) 6272 9955 SOUTH AUSTRALIA Adelaide Ph (08) 8231 7355 Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901 WESTERN AUSTRALIA Maddington Ph (08) 9493 4300 Northbridge Ph (08) 9328 8252 NORTHERN TERRITORY Darwin Ph (08) 8948 4043 NEW ZEALAND Christchurch Ph (03) 379 1662 Dunedin Ph (03) 471 7934 Glenfield Ph (09) 444 4628 Hamilton Ph (07) 846 0177 Manukau Ph (09) 263 6241 Newmarket Ph (09) 377 6421 Wellington Ph (04) 801 9005 Freecall Orders Ph 0800 452 9227 8 Ref: Silicon Chip December 2006 Enhance the performance of the charger supplied with your power tools with this fantastic controller. It incorporates charge timeout, min and max temperature monitoring, Delta V charge detection, power and charge LED indicator and more. Suits both Ni-Cd and Ni-MH cells. Kit includes PCB with overlay, case and all Cat. KC-5436 electronic components. $39.95 USB Experimenter's Interface Kit Interface your computer to the real world. There are five digital and two variable gain analogue inputs. Eight digital and two analogue outputs are available. Supplied with all components, silk screened Cat. KV-3600 PCB, assembly manual, and software. $69.95 Digital Multimeter Kit Learn everything there is to know about component recognition and basic electronics with this comprehensive kit. From test leads to solder, everything you need for the construction of Cat. KG-9250 this meter is included. All you'll need is a soldering iron! $19.95 • 67(W) x 123(H) x 25(D)mm 50MHz Frequency Meter Mk 2 Ref: Silicon Chip February 2007 This compact, low cost 50MHz Frequency Meter is invaluable for servicing and diagnostics. This upgraded version, has a prescaler switch which changes the units from MHz to GHz, kHz to MHz and Hz to kHz, and has 10kHz rounding to enable RC modellers to measure more accurately. Other features include: Improved model • 8 digit reading (LCD) • Prescaler switch for 2007 • Autoranging Hz, kHz or MHz • 3 resolution modes including 10kHz rounding, 0.1Hz up to 150Hz, 1Hz up to 16MHz & 10Hz up to 16MHz Cat. KC-5440 • Powered by 5 x AA batteries or DC plugpack $69.95 • Kit includes PCB with overlay, enclosure, LCD & all components. Stereo Headphone Distribution Amplifier Ref: Silicon Chip November 05 Enables you to drive up to two stereo headphones from any line level (1volt peak to peak) input. The circuit features a facility to drive headphones with impedances from about 8-600 ohms. The Jaycar kit comes with all specified board components and quality fibreglass tinned PCB. Cat. KC-5417 $29.95 Variable Boost Kit for Turbochargers Headphone Amplifier Power Supply Kit Ref: Silicon Chip October 2005 To ensure the best possible performance to the Headphone Amplifier Kit, this will provide regulated +/- 15V and +5 outputs. • Toroidal transformer required use MT-2086 $21.95 Outstanding Educational Kits Refer: Silicon Chip Feb. 2007 It's a very simple circuit with only a few components to modify the factory boost levels. It works by intercepting the boost signal from the car's engine management computer and modifying the duty cycle of the solenoid signal. Kit supplied in short form with PCB and overlay, and all specified electronic components. Cat. KC-5418 $17.95 Battery Zapper Kit Mk II Better. More Technical $19.95 Fuel Cut Defeater Kit Ref: Silicon Chip May 2006 Improved model for 2007 Like its predecessor this kit attacks a common cause of failure in wet lead acid cell batteries: sulphation. The circuit produces short bursts of high level energy to reverse the damaging sulphation effect. The improved unit features a battery health checker with LED indicator, new circuit protection against badly sulphated batteries, test points for a DMM and connection for a battery charger. Kit includes machined case with screen printed lid, circuit board, alligator clips and all electric components. • Suitable for 6, 12 and 24V batteries Cat. KC-5427 • Powered by the battery itself $99.95 Cat. KC-5438 Refer: Silicon Chip February 2007 This cheap and simple kit enables you to eliminate this factory fuel cut and go beyond the typical 15-17PSI factory boost limit. The kit simply intercepts the MAP sensor signal, and trims the signal voltage above 3.9V to avoid the ECU cutting the fuel supply to the engine. Cat. KC-5439 Kit includes PCB with overlay and all specified $19.95 electronics components. • Recommended box UB5 use HB-6013 $3.15 Speedo Corrector MkII Kit We have a Refer: Silicon Chip December 2006 huge range of When you modify Automotive Kits your gearbox, diff ratio or change to a large circumference tyre, it may result in an inaccurate speedometer. This kit alters the speedometer signal up or down from 0% to 99% of the original signal. With this improved model, the input setup selection can be automatically selected and it also features an LED indicator to show when the input signal is being received. Kit supplied Cat. KC-5435 with PCB with overlay and all electronic components. $49.95 • Recommended box UB5 use HB-6013 $3.15 FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888 Prices valid until May 31st 2007 INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au SERVICEMAN'S LOG New fields & the whiff of cash It’s normally preferable to stick to servicing equipment that you know well in order to stay out of trouble. However, the whiff of cash can often tempt me to try my luck in fields outside my usual experience. In the long run though, it is the familiar stuff which pays the bills. That’s how it came about that I was into repairing a 2005 Panasonic 5.8GHz Digital Cordless Answering Phone System (model KX-TG5833ALM) – modestly called “GIGARANGE”. Its problem seemed relatively simple and that was that it was unable to charge its battery from its main base station although it could with another charger unit. siliconchip.com.au It didn’t take long to disassemble the base station to reveal a complex motherboard with microprocessors and all sorts of other surface-mounted gizmos. I quickly realised that my enthusiasm was no substitute for a service manual. Fortunately, I was able to access one of these and had to laugh when I read at the top of the front page “5.8GHz Digital Answering System with Tree (sic) Handsets”. I could see I was going to get my hands dirty! The battery used in the handsets was a 3.6V NiMH 830mAh rechargeable (HHR-P104) and the AC adaptor for the system is a 9V 500mA plugpack (PQLV1AL). The battery was absolutely flat. When the handset is placed into its cradle in the base unit, the red charge LED comes on. The voltage on the “charge” contacts without the phone is a pulsating 9V. What I didn’t realise was that the power and battery (6-hour) charge system is a sophisticated microprocessor controlled operation in both the base station and handset, where EEPROMs can also be addressed, reset and adjusted via software. Bearing in mind that I could still recharge the handset battery with another charger (KXTCA1AL2), I felt the problem must lie within the main base station. In order to measure the voltages when in the charge mode, I needed to disassemble the handset and then connect it to the base station via crocodile clips. It was then that I realised that May 2007  57 Serviceman’s Log – continued the input voltage dropped from 9V to less than 2V, which was just too low to charge the 3.6V battery. So where was the voltage going? Obviously there wasn’t a short in the handset or the base station because when disconnected it rose to 9V. And the act of the connections mating didn’t induce any kind of short. The main voltage trail from the +9V AC adaptor to the positive charge connecting button goes through D301, D362 and L361. The return path from the negative button connector is via L371, Q371 and R371, R372 & R373 in parallel, ignoring all the peripheral Items Covered This Month • Panasonic 5.8GHz Digital Cordless Answering Phone System KX-TG5833ALM • Revox A77 MkIII Dolby reel to reel tape recorder • Philips 29PT9418/79T TV set (MG3.1 chassis) • Philips 36PW9525/79R TV set (MG3.1 chassis) • Panasonic DMR-E55 GN DVD recorder • Panasonic 1996 TC-25V50A MX-2A chassis 58  Silicon Chip sensor and control circuits also hanging off these. While under load I measured the voltage drop across each major component until I got to D362 where I found there was nearly 9V across it. Using a DVM, I almost didn’t quite get the significance of this as the meter gives a 9V reading whichever way around you connect it. However, the crux of the reading was that it was +9V with the positive meter lead on the anode and the negative on the cathode; ie, there was 9V across the diode in the forward bias condition instead of only 0.6V. Obtaining a replacement surfacemounted diode (Part No. BOECK-000008) wasn’t straightforward, as the part number could not be found in the Panasonic database. However, with persistence, I eventually managed to get a substitute which fixed the problem. Resurrecting a revered Revox In keeping with unfamiliar stuff, a dead 1967 Revox A77 MkIII Dolby reel-to-reel tape recorder came to me recently. This Swiss-designed and made classic deck is beautifully constructed despite its 40 years. It was one of the first fully solid-state decks with three motors, plug-in modules and solenoid controls for just about everything. It also had an electronic speed governor. Unfortunately, this particular unit had had a hard life and was pretty rough on its exterior. I trawled the internet for a service manual where I began to learn just how highly regarded this piece of technology was as the standard in semi-professional reel-to-reel tape recorders. The mains fuse had blown on this set due to capacitor C115 (0.47mF) having gone short circuit and taking series resistor R123 (4.7W) with it. Replacing these got things going but the set really needed an overhaul. All the PC boards, including the 21V B+ control P106 board, and all the module edge connectors needed cleaning. In addition, all the grey round hard plastic electrolytic capacitors needed replacing, especially C210, C211, C405, C425, C507, C509 & C813. The 24V auto-shutoff lamp had also failed and though I was tempted to replace it with a LED, I made the effort to get an original. I am sure that enthusiasts would have many other tips available about this highly regarded deck but the work I did was enough to get this old bird back to work. Screen burn Last month, I touched on some unusual faults I have had with rear projection TVs. I had another interesting case recently, concerning a very popular manufacturer which has subsequently removed the product from the market entirely. This is about a 60-inch LCD 16:9 rear projection monitor (manufactured in about 2000) which had a problem due to the fact that it had been connected to a digital set top box (STB). The set came in with two slightly green stripes running up each side of the screen where the colour changed hue. When a pure colour was displayed (eg, red, green or blue) or even sometimes white (depending on its saturation), it would show no problems. However, on grey or a detailed picture, the two bands would show quite markedly. These two bands were like a CRT screen burn but lacking slightly in contrast. Indeed, this was in fact the LCD version of a CRT burn. The set had been run in a prolonged 4:3 format and the two stripes were equivalent siliconchip.com.au to the black border between the 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Unlike CRTs, LCD (and plasma) elements get hottest when the picture is black because they have to cut off and absorb the light from the lamp. This light is extremely bright and very hot. In fact, the instruction book actually advises the owner not to use it in the 4:3 mode for precisely this reason. Of course, there was nothing that could be done. The optical engine had been damaged and that was that. CIRCUIT ! W E N WIZARD A revolutionary new system that combines circuit design, PCB design, simulation & CAD/ CAM in one complete package for your pc. Two tricky Philips sets We had two Philips sets come in recently with one thing in common – apart from not working properly that is! One was a 36PW9525/79R and the other a 29PT9418/79T but both used the MG3.1 chassis. The latter was a 100Hz TV with twin tuners and had no colour, while the former was stuck in the Service Access Menu mode. I chose to tackle the set with the Service Access Menu (SAM) problem first. This set had good pictures and sound as well as being almost fully functional with the remote but the SAM was permanently superimposed on top. I could navigate and change the functions within the menu but whenever I tried to exit the menu it just kept coming back. Normally, the SAM is exited via the “MENU” command or by switching off and on with the main switch but this just wasn’t happening – even though it was obviously trying to. There were no error codes in the buffer and the set did its functional test perfectly. The Option Codes were all correct too. It was as though someone was constantly trying to put it into the SAM mode. This can be done with the remote and also by shorting pins 1 & 2 of connection O356 on the Small Signal Panel (SSP). I disconnected the remote control receiver via plug O341 (pin 3) which made no difference, so I concentrated on the SSP service pins. Pin 2 is ground and pin 1 has a 6.5V zener diode 6012 connecting it to ground. It then goes via a 470W resistor to pin 119 of IC7003, the OTC microprocessor. I measured the voltage on this line to find it low at 0.9V, as opposed to its cousin Service Default Mode pin 3 which was at 3.83V. This suggested to me that this rail was being held low – but by what? The ohmmeter gave no clue as it showed both rails to have the same impedance. I unsoldered the surface-mounted zener diode but that too made no difference. The only other clue I had was that this set was normally kept near the beach and the SSP was slightly corroded. So I removed and washed the board thoroughly before examining it carefully under a maggie-lamp. Using a continuity tester, I could find nothing to cause this problem. Besides which, if any track had gone open, surely it would remove the load on this line, not actually load it down. Next, I tried using a link between the two service pins to see if pin 1 would rise to the same voltage as the other. It wouldn’t so I concluded it was more to do with a load problem rather than a resistor strapping it to a line that had gone open circuit – if indeed there was one (I couldn’t find one on the circuit diagram). In the end, I finally assumed that there was a problem siliconchip.com.au IDEAL FOR SCHOOLS, HOBBYISTS, TAFE & BUSINESSES Circuit Wizard - Standard $202 inc GST & post in Aust. Circuit Wizard - Pro $390 inc GST & post in Aust. om: r f o m e d free cepts.com a d a o l n w con Do e v a w w www.ne ions click on To see the s between difference Standard onal vers & Professi ‘features’. And still available . . . These two great packages: PCB WIZARD 3 and LIVEWIRE! Standard edition – $115 ea inc GST and Pro edition – $286 (both post in Australia) Australia and New Zealand – for orders or more information, please contact 555Electronics, McLaren Vale, SA 5171 Tel (08) 8323 8442 email: bwigley<at>senet.com.au www.555electronics.com.au May 2007  59 Serviceman’s Log – continued per track and found that is was open circuit between C2522 and pin 52. I couldn’t see where the break was but fitting a wire link between the surface-mounted components fixed the problem. Panasonic DVD recorder with the OTC microprocessor (IC7003) but I wasn’t about to replace a 120pin high-density surface-mounted IC. An exchange board, even if available, would be expensive and in any case, a corroded one is unlikely to be accepted as an exchange. And so, with the owner’s consent, the set was written off. I now moved on to the second set which had no colour. I checked it out with a signal to each of its AV inputs to find there was no colour except with the DVD component inputs which don’t go near the set’s colour decoder. What I did realise was that there were actually bands of colour. This told me that the colour signal was there but the TOROIDAL POWER TRANSFORMERS Manufactured in Australia Comprehensive data available Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd 9/40 Leighton Pl. HORNSBY 2077 Ph (02) 9476-5854 Fx (02) 9476-3231 60  Silicon Chip burst or reference oscillator was either not working or not locking. This set does not have a conventional colour decoder as of old but rather a digital one with phase locked loop control of the crystals. Interestingly, the PIP (picture-in-picture) had full colour but lost it when swapped with the main. The digital decoder consists of a large microprocessor (IC7501) called HIP (for High-end Input Processor) which does the luminance and chroma processing. Using my wet finger technique, I found that when I touched the area around the 4.43MHz crystal, I could lock in the colour. When the colour wasn’t locked, the picture tended to have a bit of jitter at the bottom but when locked it was perfect. This told me that the frequency was out of range to lock to the burst signal, so I started by changing C2525, an 18pF capacitor in series with the PAL 4.43MHz reference oscillator crystal (X1525). I fitted a ceramic capacitor in place of the surface-mounted chip but this made no difference, so I directed my gaze to pin 52 of the processor which is the colour PLL. This pin has C2522, a 3.3nF capacitor, connected to ground which is known to give a buzz in the sound. This is in parallel with resistor R3521 (100kW) and capacitor C2521 (100nF). Replacing all these components made no difference but I did notice a small black mark on the board near the IC. I checked the continuity of the cop- The 2004 Panasonic DMR-E55 GN is a DVD recorder and analog tuner. It will only record and playback DVDs and won’t record in any CD format – not even for music. It will do DVD-RAM up to 16 hours on a 9.4GB double-sided disc in EP mode and has “Time Slip” where you can record and playback at the same time. This set doesn’t give much trouble except sometimes in the power supply. If the unit stays in self-check mode or shuts down, then you can suspect IC1 (STRG6353). The easiest way to confirm this is by measuring the 12V rail with a CRO (a DVM is too slow). If it is too low or varies, then IC1 is the prime candidate. Following some recent storms, we have been doing a roaring trade in these regulator ICs. I was given one of these models after one of the opposition decided he had gone as far as he economically could. The set had been hit in a storm and IC1 plus a few components around it had blown up and had now been replaced but the set still kept cutting off after the self-check had completed. The voltages out of the secondary of chopper transformer T001 were all correct at +13V, +9V, +6V and +7V. However, the other rails derived from these weren’t all kosher, especially the +12V rail which was low and varying, despite IC1 having been replaced. Next, I took the board out of the set to get better access. In order to start it, I had to turn it on by shorting Q111’s collector to its emitter. This in turn switches on Q110 which applies +13.5V to the DC/DC circuit. I also switched on Q114 by shorting transistor Q107’s collector to its emitter, which supplies +13.5V to a capacitor within the DC/DC circuit. That done, all the power rails came on correctly and gave me the chance to check all the voltages within the DC/DC circuit. Everything was pretty good except for the output (pin 1) of IC102 (LM2904DR) which was down from 4.3V to 2.5V despite both inputs (pins 2 & 3) being correct at 1.2V. I thought that the surface-mounted siliconchip.com.au IC might be faulty but fortunately when examining the component side minutely, I found that R115 (3.5kW) was cracked. It measured open circuit and a new one fixed the problem. However, what caused this surfacemounted resistor’s early demise? I thought it highly unlikely it was due to storm damage as it was so far away from the damaged areas. In the end, I concluded that it was a man-made error inflicted during the earlier repair of the switching IC (IC1). After the repair I downloaded the relevant software, made a CD and installed a firmware upgrade to update the machine from 0900EK to 0920EK. Panasonic TV A common fault in Panasonic TVs has been dry joints to the vertical output IC (IC451). Quite often, these dry joints are invisible to the eye but re-sweating the joints with fresh solder nearly always fixes the fault. I had an exception the other day, though. This was with a 1996 TC25V50A employing an MX-2A chassis. This particular set was really past its use-by date and was somewhat corroded from being near the beach. It came in with intermittent vertical scan, another common problem. Often, a good swipe on the side of the set with your hand will bring back the vertical deflection temporarily but this set did not seem so inclined. In fact, the scan was more directly proportional to the brightness of the otherwise very dull picture. This could have meant that the tube was pretty “flat” too. siliconchip.com.au Despite this contradictory evidence, I chose to take the problem on as I was sure it was only dry joints causing the problem. I still didn’t twig when I discovered that the original soldering was in fact excellent. I resoldered it anyway but to no avail. OK, occasionally the LA7833 IC fails too, so in went a new one but there was still no joy. The vertical deflection was as intermittent as ever and no matter how much I bashed it, twisted it, froze it or heated it, it stubbornly remained that way. But I wasn’t going to be beaten by this old monster and so I decided to look at the other symptom – ie, the lack of contrast. This had to be around the ABL (Automatic Brightness Limiter) circuit which comes off the tail-end of the EHT overwind on the flyback transformer, in this case pin 3. This is decoupled to ground via capacitor C512 (0.47mF 180V). On old Philips sets, losing capacitance in this component would give low contrast but this one measured spot-on out of circuit. I replaced it all the same and then, based on past experience, looked around for a high-value resistor nearby that might have gone open circuit. R529 (330kW) looked a likely candidate but it too was spot on. I then found R525 which was a weirdlooking carbon resistor colour coded brown, red, violet, orange, brown. This equates to 127kW 1% but it measured open circuit. Bingo! I don’t stock 127kW resistors as they aren’t in huge demand, so I made one up using 100kW and 27kW resistors in series. This fixed the contrast problem ipembedded Ethernet module for efficient interfacing to application hardware. The e-tie bundle includes tutorials and examples for using “The Microchip TCP/IP Stack” (AN833). www.ipembedded.com.au immediately and demonstrated that the picture tube was still in excellent condition. As a bonus, it also fixed the intermittent vertical scan problem as it is indirectly coupled to the vertical output IC. Anyway, I was lucky and it put me on my guard against rash generalisaSC tions when diagnosing faults. May 2007  61 VU/peak meter with LCD bargraphs Use it as a recording level indicator or simply as a signal level display This easy-to-build bargraph VU meter makes it easy to record audio signals at the correct level. It shows both the average signal and peak levels in stereo on an LCD and you can adjust both the display range and number of steps. A digital display option is also available. By JOHN CLARKE I F YOU ARE SERIOUS about making quality recordings, then you need to accurately monitor the audio signal level being fed into the recording device. This is to ensure that the signal level is within a range that the recorder can accept. In particular, correct audio signal levels are quite important for modern digital recorders. These do not toler62  Silicon Chip ate any amount of excess signal level and will severely distort such signals. Dynamic range Any audio signal, be it speech or music, varies constantly in level and the difference between the highest and lowest levels is called the “dynamic range”. When recording, it’s important that the lowest signal levels must be sufficiently above the “noise floor” of the recording equipment, to prevent them from being buried in noise. On the other hand, the highest signal levels must be kept low enough to prevent signal overload and the inevitable distortion that accompanies this. Ensuring that an audio signal stays within these bounds can be quite difficult unless its level is accurately monitored using a meter. This meter must respond not just to the average signal level but to peak levels as well. Fig.1 illustrates why it is so import­ ant to get the signal levels correct. Note that each waveform shown is not the audio signal itself but the instantaneous signal level plotted against time. These signal level variations occur constantly in music and speech. In music, for example, the level may range from soft passages to quite loud passages. siliconchip.com.au presses the signal rather than severely clipping it. However, as previously indicated, this is not true for digital recordings where any signal that goes above the maximum is simply clipped. The ideal recording level is shown in Fig.1(c). This is where the signal levels are well above the noise floor but do not exceed the maximum level. By doing this, we ensure both low distortion and the best possible signal-to-noise ratio. VU meter In the past, audio signal levels were commonly measured using a “Volume Unit” or VU meter. In fact, these have been used since broadcasting began and are still widely used by the recording industry. In practice, a VU meter displays the average signal level and is calibrated to show the true RMS value for a sinewave signal. The true RMS value is simply the DC equivalent value of the AC waveform. One drawback of conventional VU meters is that they are rather slow to signal variations. Typically, they take some 300ms to respond fully to a signal and this means that they are unable to respond to the fast transients that often occur in speech and music. As a result, many modern VU meters also include “peak displays” that show the levels of any sudden transients. However, they only show transients that are sustained for a defined time and this assumes that any short duration transients that are clipped are inaudible. SILICON CHIP VU meter Fig.1: this diagram shows why it is important to set the correct signal level for recording. In “A”, the average signal level has been set too low, resulting in lots of background noise. In “B”, the level is too high and the recording system will overload and distort. Diagram “C” shows the correct level - ie, well above the noise floor but with the peaks below the maximum recording level. Fig.1(a) shows an example of a recording that’s been made with the signal level set too low. What happens here is that lowest signal levels are lost within the noise and so only noise signals will be heard at these levels. The higher signal levels are above the noise floor but the overall sound quality will be rather poor, with lots of background noise. siliconchip.com.au Conversely, Fig.1(b) shows what happens if the average signal level is too high. Here, the upper levels go above the maximum level that the recording device can handle without distortion. For magnetic tape recording, some degree of signal peaking above the maximum level can be tolerated. That’s because magnetic tape com- The unit described here falls into the latter category. It includes stereo (left & right channel) VU and peak level displays and employs an LCD readout (rather than a conventional meter) for a fast response. As shown in the photos, the meter is housed in a small plastic utility case with a clear lid. It includes four RCA sockets (two input and two output) so that you can connect the unit in-line between the signal source and the recorder. Both the SILICON CHIP Stereo VU/ Peak Meter and the recorder must be set up so that the meter indicates the correct levels for recording. In practice, this means that the level control on the recorder is fixed in position. Any level changes are then May 2007  63 Fig.2: the block diagram of the Digital Stereo VU/Peak Meter. The incoming signals are first amplified by IC1a & IC1c and then fed to precision rectifier stages. From there, they go to the peak detector & VU filter (averaging) stages before being fed to microcontroller IC3. IC3 converts the analog peak and VU signal levels to digital values and drives the LCD module. made at the signal source – ie, prior to the VU meter – so that both the VU meter and recorder receive the same signal level. Alternatively, the VU/Peak Meter could be installed within the recorder itself and the signal for it derived after the recorder’s level control. The LCD readout used consists of two 16-block bargraphs (one for each channel). These bargraphs are used here for VU indication and increase in length to the right with increasing signal level. A vertical thin line that travels Main Features • • • • • • • Stereo bargraph with VU and peak displays 15-segment bargraph for each channel Adjustable thresholds for each segment Signal level adjustment for calibration Digital display option Programmable VU and peak display options 9V-12V DC power supply 64  Silicon Chip ahead of each VU bargraph indicates the peak level for that channel. Display options As well as the bargraphs, there are several display options to choose from (ain’t microcontrollers grand?). These display options include choosing between either full 15-block bargraphs or 10-block bargraphs with digital readouts in the first six block positions. In each case, the display indicates the channel, with the top bargraph having an “L” (left) and the lower bargraph an “R” (right). The initial pre-programmed settings are for a traditional VU meter covering the range from -28dB to +3dB as follows: –28dB, -25dB, -22dB, -19dB, -16dB, -13dB, -10dB, -7dB, -5dB, -3dB, -2dB, -1dB, 0dB, +1dB, +2dB and +3dB. These settings are the same for both channels. Note, however, that the -28dB block is not indicated because the “L” and “R” channel designations are shown here instead. In addition, this programmed location is used when the digital format display option is selected. The use of a microcontroller also makes it possible to change the bargraph settings to cover a wider or narrower range. In practice, each block position can be set from between -48dB through to a maximum of +16dB. Note, however, that the overall range should be 48dB. This means that if the uppermost block in the bar is set at +16dB, the lowermost block should be set to a minimum of -32dB. When used with a digital recorder, the uppermost bar should be set at 0dB. This would be the absolute maximum level that the digital recorder can handle before clipping. Mode switch Pressing the Mode switch for the first time changes the display to show the far lefthand block on the top line and the “SET VALUE” (eg, -28dB) on the second line. Basically, the block on the top line shows the bargraph position that has the indicated set value. Pressing the Mode switch again causes the display to show the next block in the bargraph and its value. This step can then be repeated, with each subsequent pressing of the Mode switch showing the next block in the bargraph (and its value). The displayed values can be chang­ ed using the Up and Down switches which are located behind the front panel. Note that it is important that these values are set to increase in value siliconchip.com.au from left to right. So a sequence of -22, -19, -16, etc is correct but -22, -23, -24 is incorrect. Options switch The Options switch invokes the various display selections. These can be toggled using the Up and Down switches to select one of the following display options: (1) Bar, VU On, Peak On (2) Bar, VU Off, Peak On (3) Bar, VU On, Peak Off (4) Digital & Bar, VU On, Peak On (5) Digital & Bar, VU Off, Peak On (6) Digital & Bar, VU On, Peak Off This means that you can select the full 15-block bargraph with both the peak and VU displays shown or you can have either peak of VU only shown. Similarly, you could choose the digital display for the first six blocks (DIGITAL selection) and then choose to show either the VU or peak readings, or both. Note that when the DIGITAL selection is made, the digital reading will show the VU value unless the Peak display only is selected. If Peak only is selected, then the Digital display shows the peak readings. As indicated above, the DIGITAL display uses “L” & “R” designations to indicate the left and right channel bargraphs. The digital values that are displayed will only be in steps of the actual programmed values for each block in the bargraph. The digital display indicates these values (and the “L” & “R” designations) within the first six blocks of the displays (ie, the bargraphs no longer occupy these first six blocks). However, if the signal goes below the minimum block setting, then the digital display will show blanks instead of the numbers. Once the display mode and other settings have been entered, the setup is saved simply by switching the power off and on again. Block diagram Refer now to Fig.2 for a block diagram of the Stereo VU/Peak Meter. As shown, both the “Left In” and “Left Through” sockets are paralleled, as are the “Right In” and “Right Through” sockets. This allows the audio source signals to be fed into the VU meter and also fed straight back out to the recording device. Following the L & R input sockets, siliconchip.com.au Specifications Display Graph: 15-block bargraph or 10-block bargraph with digital display Display Range: 48dB (0 to -48dB) or value variations from +16dB maximum                 to -32dB Signal Levels: requires 440mV RMS to over-range on VU scale Accuracy: within 1dB for signals above -40dB Display Resolution selectable to a minimum of 1dB Input Impedance: 100kW Supply Voltage: 9-15VDC maximum. Supply Current: 108mA with backlit display; 68mA with non-backlit display the audio signal is fed to trimpots VR1 & VR2 which act as level attenuators. The L & R channel signals are then amplified by op amps IC1a and IC1c which operate with gains of 16. From there, the signals are then precision rectified and fed to the peak detector and VU filter stages. The outputs from these stages are fed to the AN1-AN3 inputs of microcontroller IC3. This processes the input signal levels and drives the LCD module according to the settings and values entered using switches S1-S4. In operation, IC3 converts the analog voltages from the peak detector and VU stages to digital values ranging from 1-1024. A value of 1024 represents the maximum analog signal level which is 5V. Normally, the unit is set up so that the far righthand block of the bargraph turns on when signal value goes above 1024. This is set to occur when the righthand block is set at 0dB or higher. However, if the far righthand block is set at a minus dB value, then the signal value is reduced to coincide with that dB setting. The remaining blocks in the bargraph are then calculated to show the lower signal levels. For example, a signal that is at -6dB (or half the 0dB signal level) will have a digital value of 1024/2 or 512 when converted by IC3. Similarly, a -12dB signal will have a digital value of 256. And a signal that is 48dB below the 1024 maximum level will have a digital value of 4 (ie, 251 times less). These values are all calculated using the following equation: Attenuation (dB) = 20log(the signal ratio) For example, if the signal level is half the maximum, then the log of this is -0.3 and 20 times this is -6dB. Note that IC3 only indirectly uses this equation because it uses a lookup table that already has the values programmed into it. Power for the meter comes from an external 9-12V DC supply and this is fed in via reverse polarity protection diode D9. The resulting 9-12V rail, together with a -9V rail generated by the “negative supply” block, is used to power the op amps that form the input amplifiers, precision rectifiers, peak detectors and VU filters. Finally, regulator REG1 produces a +5V rail which is used to power micro­ controller IC3 and the LCD. Circuit details Fig.3 shows the circuit details but note that only the lefthand channel circuitry before IC3 has been depicted for the sake of clarity. The righthand channel is identical, so we’ll describe the lefthand channel operation only. As before, the incoming left-channel audio signal is attenuated via trimpot VR1, which sets the display sensitivity. The signal at the wiper is then applied to op amp IC1a which operates with a gain of 16 (ie, it amplifies the signal by a factor of 16). This is done to boost the signal level to at least 5V peak-to-peak, so that is suitable for the following level display circuitry. IC1a’s output is fed via a 470nF capacitor to the full-wave precision rectifier. For the VU signal path, this stage is based on op amp IC1b, diodes D1 & D2 and op amp IC2a. Similarly, for the peak detector, the precision rectifier uses IC1b, D1 & D2 and op amp IC2b. It operates as follows. When the input signal goes positive, pin 1 of IC1b goes low and forward biases diode D1. The resulting gain of the signal appearing at the anode of D1 May 2007  65 is -1, as set by the 20kW input resistor and 20kW feedback resistor. This inverted signal at D1’s anode is applied to the inverting input (pin 2) of IC2a via 150kW and 100kW resistors. IC2a operates with a gain of -6.66 on this signal, as set by the ratio of the 1MW feedback resistor and the 150kW input resistor (the 100kW resistor in series with the input is inside the feedback loop). As a result, the overall gain for the signal path between pin 2 of IC1b and 66  Silicon Chip pin 1 of IC2a is -1 x -6.66, or +6.66 (ie, IC1b’s gain x IC2a’s gain). At the same time, the positive-going signal from IC1a is applied via a second path to IC2a via a 300kW resistor. In this case, IC2a operates with a gain of -3.33 due to the ratio of the 1MW feedback resistor and the 300kW input resistor. Thus, the overall signal gain at the output of IC2a is 6.66 - 3.33 = 3.33. Now let’s consider what happens when IC1a’s output swings negative. When this occurs, diode D2 is forward biased and so IC1b’s output is clamped at 0.6V above the pin 2 input signal and no signal flows through D1. IC1b is therefore effectively taken out of circuit and IC2a now simply amplifies the signal from IC1a (applied via the 300kW resistor) on its own. As before, it operates with a gain of -3.33 for this signal path. Since the input signal is negative, the output at pin 1 is positive – ie, it inverts and amplifies the negative input signal. siliconchip.com.au Fig.3: the parts shown in this circuit diagram can be directly related to the block diagram shown in Fig.1. Note that only the lefthand channel circuitry before IC3 has been shown for the sake of clarity – the righthand channel is identical. IC1a is the input amplifier, IC1b, D1, D2 & IC2a form the precision rectifier & VU filter stages and IC2b, D3 & D4 function as the peak detector. IC4, transistors Q1 & Q2, diodes D10 & D11 and capacitors C1 & C2 make up a diode charge pump which provides the required -9V rail. The precision rectifier therefore provides a positive output with gain of 3.33 for both positive and negative going inputs. VU response IC2a also provides low-pass filtering of the rectified signal so that its response is relatively slow. This filtering conforms to VU (volume unit) standards so that the output reaches the input level after 300ms and overshoots by about 1.5%. siliconchip.com.au The filtering is carried out using the 100kW and 1MW resistors, the 56nF and 1mF capacitors and the parallel combination of the 300kW and 150kW input resistors. These together provide the 2.1Hz roll-off frequency and a Q (quality factor) of 0.62. Peak level detector IC2b and its associated components comprise the peak level detector. This stage is also fed via two signal paths: (1) directly from the output of IC1a via the 470nF capacitor and a 300kW resistor; and (2) from diode D1 in the precision rectifier circuitry (and a series 150kW resistor). How this works is again best explained in two steps – ie, when the signal from IC1a swings positive and when the signal swings negative. As we know from the precision rectifier explanation, when the input signal goes positive, pin 1 of IC1b swings low and forward biases D1. The resulting gain of the signal at the anode May 2007  67 The main PC board is secured inside the case using four M3 Nylon screws, two tapped Nylon spacers and two Nylon nuts. Two additional tapped Nylon spacers are also fitted to the PC board (centre, right) to support the bottom righthand corner of the LCD module and the righthand end of the switch PC board. Note that the capacitors that go under the LCD module & switch board must be mounted horizontally, to provide the necessary clearance. of D1 is -1, as set by IC1b’s 20kW input and 20kW feedback resistors. This amplified signal is applied to pin 6 of IC2b via the 150kW resistor. As a result, IC2b’s output swings high and forward biases D3. This diode is in series with a 910kW resistor in the feedback loop. The signal at D3’s cathode is thus amplified by -910kW/150kW or -6.066, which means that the output signal is positive and the overall gain from the output of IC1a for this signal path is +6.066 (ie, -1 x -6.066). For the second signal path (ie, via the 300kW resistor), IC2b operates with a gain of -910kW/300kW or -3.033. This means that the overall gain of the signal from IC1a is 6.066 - 3.033, or +3.033. When the signal goes negative, D2 is forward biased and IC1b’s output is clamped as before. IC2b now operates on its own and amplifies the signal applied to it via the 300kW resistor with a gain of -3.033 (ie, -910kW/300kW). As a result, IC2b delivers a positive output signal on both positive and negative output signal swings from IC1a. And in both cases the absolute signal gain is the same at 3.033. Note that a 910kW feedback resistor is used for IC2b instead of a 1MW resistor (as used for IC2a in the VU filter). That’s because the peak value must be 3dB higher than the VU value. This 3dB figure comes about because the peak of a sinewave is 1.414 times the RMS value (ie, 3dB greater). Another way of saying this is that the RMS value of a sinewave is 0.7071 of the peak value. How The Diode Charge Pump Works Fig.4: how the diode charge pump works. Capacitor C1 charges towards the +12V rail when transistor Q1 turns on and then transfers its charge to C2 when Q1 switches off and Q2 turns on. 68  Silicon Chip In our case, the VU signal is the average level of the full-wave rectified signal and this is only 0.637 of the input signal’s peak level. The 910kW resistor is therefore used to provide a peak output that is 0.91 (approximately 0.637/0.7071) of the peak signal, or about 3dB higher than the VU signal. Diode D4 ensures that IC2b’s output does not swing negative by more than about 0.7V, so that its response to signals is not compromised. In normal operation, diode D3 is forward biased and D4 does not conduct. However, when the signal is at 0V, IC2b’s output tends to switch positive and negative to maintain control. That is when D4 comes into operation. The peak signal level at D3’s cathode is filtered using a 2.4kW resistor and 680nF capacitor. This filtering slows the peak signal level response so that it is not instantaneous but instead conforms to an audio standard. This ensures that only peaks that are wide enough to be audible are displayed. The standard we picked is IEC6026810 which has a 1.7ms response time to peak signals. This means that the measured signal level will be 1dB lower than it otherwise would be for a 10ms signal burst and 4dB lower for a 3ms burst (compared to an instantaneous measurement). In practice, the 2.4kW resistor and the 680nF capacitor in the filter circuit set the time constant at 1.63ms. The decay time constant specified siliconchip.com.au in the IEC standard is -20dB in 1.5s (equivalent to a 650ms decay time constant). In this circuit, the 910kW resistor and the 680nF capacitor set the decay rate at 619ms which is near enough. Microcontroller The left-channel VU and peak level signals are respectively applied to analog inputs AN3 & AN1 of microcontroller IC3. Similarly, the rightchannel signals are applied to inputs AN2 & AN0. Note that the VU input signal is fed via a 2.2kW resistor to limit the current flow when IC2a’s output goes above 5V. The 2.4kW resistor in the output filter circuit for IC2b does the same job. IC3 is a PIC16F88 microcontroller. It measures the incoming VU and peak signal levels for the left and right channels and drives the 2-line 16-segment LCD module accordingly. In operation, the signal levels at the AN inputs of the microcontroller are converted to 10-bit digital values using an internal A/D (analog-todigital) converter. Outputs RB0-RB3 then drive the LCD’s D4-D7 data lines, while outputs RA4 & RA6 drive the enable (EN) and register select (RS) lines on the LCD. Switches S1-S4 are used to enter data into the microcontroller. Normally, inputs RB4-RB7 are held high via internal pull-up resistors. Closing a switch pulls the associated input to ground and this is detected and processed by the microcontroller. IC3 operates at a frequency of 8MHz, as set by an internal oscillator. It is powered from a regulated +5V supply rail, with the reset input at pin 4 tied high via a 10kW resistor. The 100nF capacitor and a 100mF filter capacitor provide supply rail decoupling. The LCD module also runs from the +5V supply rail and a 10mF capacitor decouples its supply. The lower four data lines (D0-D3) are tied to ground and the LCD module is driven using the upper four bits (D4-D7). VR3 provides display contrast adjustment. Power supply The +5V supply rail for the circuit is derived from a 9-12V DC plugpack via diode D9 (which provides reverse polarity protection) and 3-terminal regulator REG1. This regulator has its input and output terminals bypassed using 100mF capacitors. Zener diode siliconchip.com.au Parts List 1 PC board, code 01205071, 116 x 65mm 1 PC board, code 01205072, 81 x 19mm 1 LCD module with back lighting (Jaycar QP-5516 or equivalent) 1 120 x 70 x 30mm box with clear lid (Jaycar HB-6082 or equivalent) 4 SPST micro tactile switches (Jaycar SP-0600 or equivalent) (S1-S4) 1 DPDT slider switch (S5) 1 8-pin IC socket cut to 2 x 3-way strips 1 14–pin IC socket cut to 2 x 7-way strips 2 14-pin IC sockets for IC1 & IC2 (optional) 1 18-pin IC socket for IC3 4 PC mount right angle RCA sockets (Jaycar PS-0279 or equivalent) 1 20-way DIL header strip 1 2.5mm DC bulkhead socket 2 100kW horizontal trimpots with 2.5mm pin spacing (VR1, VR2) (Code 104) 1 10kW horizontal trimpot with 2.5mm pin spacing (VR3) (Code 103) 4 M3 x 10mm Nylon screws 2 M3 x 6mm Nylon screws 4 M3 x 6mm screws 1 M3 x 10mm metal screw 4 M3 tapped x 15mm Nylon stand-offs (cut to 11mm) 2 M3 Nylon nuts 1 M3 metal nut 2 M2 x 8mm screws for S5 2 PC stakes ZD1 clamps any transients from the plugpack that go above 15V. The positive supply rail for op amps IC1 and IC2 is derived immediately following D9 (ie, before REG1). This rail is typically 9-12V. By contrast, the negative supply rail for these op amps is generated using a diode charge pump. This comprises a 7555 oscillator (IC4), transistors Q1 & Q2 and diodes D10 & D11. In operation, IC4 oscillates at about 75kHz, with the 10nF capacitor on pin 6 charged and discharged via a 1kW resistor connected to the pin 3 output. 1 100mm length of red hookup wire 1 50mm length of black hookup wire 1 200mm length of 0.7mm tinned copper wire Semiconductors 2 LM324 quad op amps (IC1,IC2) 1 PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller (IC3) programmed with VUPEAK.hex 1 7555 timer (IC4) 1 LM340T5, 7805 5V regulator (REG1) 1 BC337 NPN transistor (Q1) 1 BC327 PNP transistor (Q2) 8 1N4148 diodes (D1-D8) 1 IN4004 diode (D9) 2 1N5819 Schottky diodes (D10,D11) 1 15V, 1W zener diode (ZD1) Capacitors 1 100mF 35V PC electrolytic 5 100mF 16V PC electrolytic 1 10mF 16V PC electrolytic 2 1mF 16V PC electrolytic 2 680nF MKT polyester 2 470n MKT polyester 3 100n MKT polyester 2 56nF MKT polyester 1 10nF MKT polyester 2 330pF ceramic Resistors (0.25W, 1%) 2 1MW 2 15kW 2 910kW 2 2.4kW 4 300kW 2 2.2kW 4 150kW 3 1kW 2 100kW 1 10W 4 20kW Pins 2 & 6 are the lower and upper threshold inputs and these monitor the capacitor voltage. The pin 3 output drives the bases of transistors Q1 & Q2. When pin 3 is high, transistor Q1 switches on and Q2 is off. Conversely, when pin 3 is low, transistor Q2 switches on and Q1 turns off. Basically, the transistors act as current buffers which drive the following voltage converter circuitry without loading IC4’s the pin 3 output. Diodes D10 & D11, along with capacitors C1 & C2 (both 100mF), act as May 2007  69 Fig.5: assemble the two PC boards as shown here. Note that most of the capacitors on the main board must be mounted horizontally, so that they don’t foul the LCD module and switch PC board when these are installed (see photos). a diode charge converter to derive the negative (-9V) supply. Fig.4 shows a more simplified arrangement of how this works. When transistor Q1 switches on, C1 charges towards the 12V supply rail via D10. Subsequently, when Q1 switches off and Q2 turns on, the positive terminal of C1 is connected to ground and the negative side of the capacitor is pulled below ground by an amount equal to the voltage across it. Capacitor C2 now quickly charges towards this negative voltage via diode D11. As a result, it reaches a negative voltage that is close in value to the 12V supply, minus the voltage drops across the diodes and the saturation voltages of transistors Q1 and Q2. The 6-way pin header is mounted on the top side of the switch PC board, while the four switches are mounted on the track side. 70  Silicon Chip 3 x 2 DIL HEADER (MOUNT ON TOP OF BOARD) VU/PEAK LEVEL METER OPTIONS UP (ON DOWN S1–S4 MODE MOUNT UNDERNEATH COPPER SIDE) 01205072 JC S1 In practice, this is about -9V and this rail is bypassed using another 100mF capacitor (to the positive rail) to minimise the supply impedance. Note that the diodes used are Schott­ ky types which have a lower voltage drop than standard diodes. In addition, these diodes are better suited for high-frequency operation and produce less losses at 75kHz. Construction The Stereo VU/Peak Level Meter is built on two PC boards – see Fig.5. The main board is coded 01205071 and carries all the input metering circuitry, the microcontroller and the LCD module which is connected via a pin header. The second, smaller board is coded 01205072 and carries switches S1S4 to allow the display values and options to be changed from the preprogrammed settings. Begin by checking the PC board for any faults. These could include bridges between tracks, breaks in the copper and incorrect hole sizes. In addition, make sure that the various mounting holes are all the correct size, including those for the RCA sockets. Start the assembly by installing PC stakes at the two supply terminals (ie, the bottom right connections to the DC socket and S5), then install the eight S2 S3 S4 wire links. In particular, note the wire link situated between the two central RCA sockets – don’t leave it out. The resistors can go in next. Table 1 shows the resistor colour codes but you should also use a digital multimeter to confirm their values (some colours can be difficult to decipher). Next on the list are the diodes. Note that several different types are used in this circuit so be careful not to mix them up. Once they’re in, transistor Q1 & Q2 can be installed. Note that Q1 is a BC337 (NPN) while Q2 is a BC327 (PNP) – be sure to install them in their correct locations. Note also that the tops of the transistors must be no more than 9mm above the PC board, to allow clearance for switch S5 when the unit is mounted inside its case. Now for regulator REG1. As shown, this is installed flat against the board (just bend its leads down at right angles) and its metal tab secured using an M3 x 10mm metal screw and nut. Be sure to tighten the nut before soldering REG1’s leads. Doing this the other way around could place undue stress on the soldered joints. IC1, IC2 & IC4 can now be installed, taking care to ensure they are all correctly oriented (ie, pin 1 at top, right). Note that IC4 is a CMOS device, so observe the usual static precautions siliconchip.com.au sockets (for the switch board header). In both cases, these socket strips are made by cutting down IC sockets – ie, a 14-pin IC socket and an 8-pin IC socket, respectively. Use side cutters to split the sockets in half and a file to clean up the edges. Once these are in, a matching 14-way pin header (which is cut from a 20-way header) can be soldered to the LCD module. Note that this header must be inserted from the underside of the module’s PC board and its pins soldered on the top side. Switch PC board There’s nothing complicated about this board, since it carries just switches S1-S4 and a 6-way pin header. Note however, that the four switches are mounted on the copper side of the board – see photo. The 6-way header is mounted in the usual manner (ie, it is installed on the non-copper side of the board). This is the view inside the completed prototype. Be sure to wire the DC socket for centre positive. Testing (ie, discharge yourself by touching an earthed metal object, avoid touching its pins and earth the barrel of your soldering iron using a clip lead). An 18-pin socket is used for IC3. Don’t plug IC3 in yet, though – that step comes later. Trimpots VR1, VR2 & VR3 are next on the list. Note that VR3 is 10kW (code 103), while VR1 & VR2 are both 100kW (code 104). Once they’re in, the four RCA sockets can be installed. just below Q2 must be installed horizontally (ie, laid over on their sides). This is necessary to allow clearance for the LCD module and the switch carrier PC board. In practice, its just a matter of bending their leads down at right angles before installing them. Make sure they all go in with the correct polarity. Depending on the brand, it may also be necessary to mount some of the MKT capacitors in this fashion. Installing the capacitors Header sockets Take a careful look at the photos before installing the capacitors. In particular, note that all the electrolytic types except for the two 100mF units The main board assembly can now be completed by installing two 7-way SIL (single-in-line) sockets (for the LCD header) and two 3-way SIL The unit is now ready for testing, before final assembly into its case. This should be done without microcontroller IC3 in place and with the LCD module unplugged. First temporarily wire a DC socket Table 2: Capacitor Codes Value 680nF 470nF 100nF 56nF 10nF 330pF mF Value IEC Code 0.68mF 680n 0.47mF 470n 0.1mF 100n .056mF   56n .01mF   10n   NA 330p EIA Code   684   474   104   563   103   331 Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes o o o o o o o o o o o o siliconchip.com.au No.   2   2   4   4   2   4   2   2   2   3   1 Value 1MW 910kW 300kW 150kW 100kW 20kW 15kW 2.4kW 2.2kW 1kW 10W 4-Band Code (1%) brown black green brown white brown yellow brown orange black yellow brown brown green yellow brown brown black yellow brown red black orange brown brown green orange brown red yellow red brown red red red brown brown black red brown brown black black brown 5-Band Code (1%) brown black black yellow brown white brown black orange brown orange black black orange brown brown green black orange brown brown black black orange brown red black black red brown brown green black red brown red yellow black brown brown red red black brown brown brown black black brown brown brown black black gold brown May 2007  71 Fig.6: here’s how the PC board assembly fits inside the case. Be sure to use tapped Nylon spacers as specified (not metal), to prevent shorts to the PC tracks. The 10mm countersink M3 screws through the base of the case should also be Nylon, again to prevent shorts on the PC board. to the +12V and 0V terminals on the PC board (the +12V lead goes to the centre terminal of the socket). That done, connect a 9-12V DC power supply to the unit and switch on (warning: do not apply more than 15V to the unit, otherwise zener diode ZD1 will DISPLAY MODES Fig.7: just two of the optional display modes that can be selected: top – Digital & Bar, VU On, Peak On; bottom – Bar, VU On, Peak On. MODE SELECTION become hot and may be damaged by excess current). Now measure the voltage between pins 5 & 14 of IC3’s socket. This should be 5V (anywhere between 4.85V and 5.15V is OK). The voltage on pin 11 of both IC1 & IC2 should be anywhere from -7V to -10V, depending on the input voltage. If you don’t get the correct voltages, switch off immediately and check for wiring errors. If you don’t get any voltage at all, check the supply polarity. Assuming everything is OK, switch off and plug IC3 into its socket, making sure it is oriented correctly. That done, plug the LCD module into its header socket and temporarily support it at the other end on Nylon stand-offs. Now apply power again and check that the display shows “L” and “R” to indicate the positions of the bargraphs. If there is no display or the contrast is poor, try adjusting the contrast trimpot (VR3). If there is still no display, check the connections to the module through the header and sockets. Final assembly Fig.8: the display mode is selected by pressing the Options switch & then stepping through the selections using the Up & Down buttons. These two modes correspond to the displays shown in Fig.7. SETTING THE BLOCK VALUES Fig.9: the individual bargraph block values can be altered using the Mode switch & the Up & Down switches. 72  Silicon Chip Once the checkout is complete, the PC boards can be installed in a small plastic case measuring 120 x 70 x 30mm. The specified case comes with clear lid and is available from Jaycar (Cat.HB-6082). If you are building a kit, then the case may be supplied pre-drilled. If not, then four countersunk holes will have to be drilled in the base in line with the corner mounting holes of main the PC board. In addition, you will have drill four holes at one end for the RCA sockets and a hole at the other end for the DC power socket. Be sure to position the latter hole so that the power socket clears the switch board. Finally, you will need to drill two holes for the switch screws and make a square cutout for the switch actuator. The square hole can be made by drilling a series of small holes around the inside perimeter and then knocking out the centre piece and cleaning up with a small file. Fig.6 shows the final assembly details. First, the integral (moulded) spacers on the base should be ground down to a height of 1mm. That done, secure an M3 x 11mm tapped Nylon spacer (cut it down from a 15mm spacer) to the PC board immediately to the left of transistor Q1 (this spacer supports the lower righthand corner of the LCD module). A second similar spacer is also fitted just below this (to the right of the 2.2kW resistor) to support the righthand end of the switch PC board. The main board can now be installed in the case by sitting it on the 1mm moulded spacers. Secure it along the top edge using two M3 x 10mm countersink screws which go into two more M3 x 11mm tapped Nylon spacers. The bottom edge of the board is then secured using M3 x 10mm countersink Nylon screws and nuts. Once the main board is secured, the LCD module can be installed by plugging it into its header socket and securing it to its three matching Nylon spacers using M3 x 6mm screws. Similarly, the switch PC board is plugged into its header socket and securing it to its matching 11mm spacer at the other end. Finally, fit the DC socket and power switch S5 and complete the wiring as shown in Fig.5. The switch is secured using the supplied M2 screws. Calibration Just how you calibrate the meter depends on the application. First, VR1 and VR2 are used to set the signal siliconchip.com.au The LCD module plugs into the 2 x 7-way SIL sockets on the PC board and is secured to three of the Nylon spacers. The switch PC board (not shown here) mounts in similar fashion and is secured to the fourth Nylon spacer. level sensitivity for the left and right channels respectively. In practice, a true VU meter will show +0dBU when the applied signal is +4dBU. Now 0dBU is 1mW into 600W. Thus, when 1mW is multiplied by 600W and the square root taken (V = square root of Power x Resistance), the voltage is 774mV. 4dBU is 1.584 times greater and so the 4dBU signal level is 1.23V. The peak level will be some 3dB higher than this because the peak value of a sinewave is 1.414 times higher than its RMS value. So if you are replacing existing VU meters, this Stereo VU/Peak Meter should be calibrated to show 0VU with a 1.23V sinewave input. For most other applications, the display readings are set according to the level that produces clipping. With digital recorders, these invariably include a clipping indication that shows whenever the signal goes above the maximum level for digital conversion. This means that the meter should be calibrated so that the 0VU peak block is just displayed at this clipping level. The display range may also be altered to suit your application. A digital recorder would normally use a meter display that shows 0VU at the far righthand block. The values below this can then be set according to preference. For example, you could set each block to display in just 1dB steps, or you could use much larger steps or a combination of step sizes. Larger steps are more useful at lower signal levels, while 1dB steps are best as the signal level approaches the upper SC threshold. Call us today for your FREE Catalogue! Quote “Silicon Chip” when calling Design Made Easy Ñ 1 book Ñ 116,000+ products Ñ 130,000+ datasheets online Ñ 400+ pages of indexes, guides and design tips Range Enhanced Ñ 13,000+ new products Stock Availability Ñ 70,000+ products stocked locally Ñ 40,000+ products stock guaranteed Australia www.farnell.com.au 1300 361 005 New Zealand www.farnell.co.nz 0800 90 80 80 …it all adds up to our best catalogue ever! A Premier Farnell Company siliconchip.com.au May 2007  73 By JOHN CLARKE Programmable Ignition System For Cars; Pt.3 In Pt.2, we described how to build all the modules that comprise the Programmable Ignition System. This month, we describe the installation and setting up procedures and show you how to plot the ignition timing. A S MENTIONED in Pt.1, the Programmable Ignition System can either be used as a complete ignition system or as an interceptor. Whether it behaves as an interceptor or not depends on the input signal that’s applied to the unit. In most cars, the ignition system will already provide ignition advance with respect to RPM and engine load. This applies not only to cars that have full or partial engine management but also to older cars that simply have mechanical RPM and vacuum advance systems. When used as an interceptor, the Programmable Ignition simply modifies the existing ignition timing. By contrast, when it’s used as a complete ignition system, we dispense with any existing timing system that may exist and re-map the timing using the Programmable Ignition Timing Module. If you intend using the unit as an 74  Silicon Chip interceptor, then there’s no real need to know what the engine’s existing timing map is for RPM and engine load. That’s because we are simply using the unit to modify the existing timing values at various engine RPM and load sites. Why would you want to do this? Well, you may want to advance the timing at some sites to gain power and/or retard the timing to prevent detonation (ping) at certain trouble spots within the RPM and engine load map. Note that although the original timing curve does not have to be known for interception, you do need to know the RPM and engine load range. This is necessary to ensure that the full mapping range is utilised with the Programmable Ignition System (more on this later). Conversely, if the unit is used as a re- Warning! Programming an incorrect timing map into the Ignition Timing Module could result in serious engine damage. Do NOT modify your car by fitting this device unless you know exactly what you are doing. Also, be sure to install this ignition system in a manner that does not compromise safety. It must be ruggedly built and correctly installed to ensure that no leads or components can come adrift. Finally, make sure that the device does not compromise the operation of other systems controlled by an existing engine management unit – eg, ABS, traction control, stability control, air-bag control, etc. placement ignition, it will be easier to program in a timing map if the original engine timing is known. That way, the Programmable Ignition can initially duplicate the original timing which can then be adjusted as necessary in a similar manner to an interceptor – eg, to extract better performance and/or to prevent detonation. siliconchip.com.au In some cases, full timing information will be available from the car’s manufacturer or from a workshop manual. Usually, however, there will be no information available. The solution is to actually measure the timing advance against changes in RPM and engine load. This is easy to do in cars with a mechanical vacuum advance mechanism, as this operates independently of engine RPM. Plotting the timing values in cars that use engine mapping and a MAP sensor for vacuum measurement is only slightly more difficult. It’s done by externally altering the pressure sent to the MAP sensor or actuator. The exact procedure is described in the panel headed “Plotting The Original Ignition Timing Values”. Cars that utilise Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensing of engine load are much more difficult when it comes to mapping ignition advance. That’s because the engine will have to be run with varying degrees of load throughout the RPM range and this can only be achieved on a dynamometer. Interceptor or replacement? Note that the Programmable Ignition System should be used only as an interceptor on cars that already have an engine management system. That’s because the manufacturer’s timing map will have been carefully designed for your engine. Furthermore, the timing would have been mapped against air inlet temperature, engine temperature and the air-fuel ratio to provide the best performance in all conditions. By using the Programmable Ignition System only as an interceptor in such cars, the original timing variations according to fuel ratio, temperature, RPM and load will be retained. By contrast, we do advocate using the Programmable Ignition System as a complete replacement in older cars and Go-carts and on engines that do not currently include RPM or vacuum advance. Many old cars provide both RPM and vacuum advance by mechanical means. Because of their age, the RPM advance system is now likely to be worn and sticky in its operation, while the vacuum actuator will often be leaky or may have failed altogether. Most drivers do not notice if a vacuum actuator has failed because when it fails, it remains at the maximum ensiliconchip.com.au Timing Problems With Reluctor Triggers In some cars, when using the Programmable Ignition, you may find that the ignition trigger exhibits a type of stiction effect, with the timing initially failing to advance from about 0-5°. This effect is due to the coil firing just before the trigger signal (due to the advance setting) and the resulting high-tension signal within the distributor then interfering with the normal operation of the trigger sensor. Reluctor triggers are the most likely to be affected in this way. Hall Effect, optical, engine management and points triggers are unlikely to be affected. In some cases the effect may be dialled out by careful adjustment of VR1. Also, make sure the high-tension lead and the reluctor leads are spaced well apart and only intersect at right angles if they do need to cross. If this does not solve the problem then gine load position. As a result, power under load is retained. Our experience During our tests, we eliminated the original mechanical RPM and vacuum advance systems in a 1988 Ford Telstar and used the Programmable Ignition System to provide the timing advance instead. As a result, the engine became far more responsive to throttle changes and was more willing to rev than before. There are a couple of reasons for this improved performance. First, the flying weight system in the distributor you can avoid programming low values of advance into the Programmable Ignition. This can be done in one of two ways. First, the static timing can be set to say 10° of retard (eg, –10°) so that you need at least 10° of advance from the Programmable Ignition to get 0° timing. Of course, the entire timing map would have to be changed to include this extra 10° for all values. An alternative method is to set the static timing to greater than the maximum amount of advance in the timing map. This value would then be subtracted from required timing value for each map site in order to determine the retard setting required for each site in the Programmable Ignition. For example, if the static timing is +40° and the timing map value is 22°, the programmable ignition map setting would be -18° (22° - 40° = -18°). that provides RPM advance is fairly sluggish to respond to RPM changes. By contrast, the Programmable Ignition System provides “instantaneous” changes to the timing map. Similarly, the vacuum actuator that moves the distributor’s trigger firing point is slow to respond compared to using a pressure (or MAP) sensor with the Programmable Ignition System. Installation Typically, the Ignition Timing Module is best mounted inside the cabin of the car; eg, somewhere under the dashboard. This allows the Hand Con- An external MAP sensor can be mounted on the firewall. It will require power connections plus a vacuum hose connection to the inlet manifold. May 2007  75 Plotting The Original Ignition Timing Values I T’S QUITE EASY to plot the timing advance values for an existing ignition system by using a timing light. In fact, there are several ways to go about this. Typically, most cars only provide timing marks that show Top Dead Centre (TDC) and up to about 10° or 12° before TDC using a scale on the engine block. These marks are ideal for setting up the ignition timing at idle but are not sufficient to measure advance at higher RPM values. This is because the advance will go beyond the 10° or 12° timing mark. One way round this is to make up an extended timing scale to directly indicate the advance at higher RPM values. Another option is to use a timing light that includes advance adjustment. Yet another option is to use the Programmable Ignition System and a spare ignition coil and spark plug. This system can shift the timing light’s stroboscopic flashing so that it is delayed by as many degrees as the advance. That way, you can use the existing engine timing marks. Fig.23 shows how to set this system up. Note that the coil shown here is not the ignition coil used in the car but a separate one that independently fires the timing light. If you do not have a spare coil, they are readily available from automotive wreckers or you could temporarily borrow one from another car (just about any single output ignition coil can be used). The spark plug is necessary to provide a spark gap for the coil to discharge. This is important because if the coil’s high tension output is left open, there is the risk that the coil will internally breakdown and suffer permanent damage. The Ignition Timing Module takes its signal from the car’s trigger sensor or existing ECU output but note that this signal must include the timing advance (not always the case with trigger sensor information). If the trigger signal does not include the timing advance, then be sure to use the output from the ECU. Before actually plotting out the timing values, there are a number of adjustments that must first be made to the Ignition Timing Module, as follows: the cabin. Make sure it is well away from the exhaust manifold though, to prevent excessive heat exposure. It can be mounted using suitable brackets to the chassis. The big disadvantage of mounting the unit in the engine bay is that it is much harder to connect the Hand Controller for driving. In some cases, it may be possible to feed the connecting lead through a window and under the rear of the (closed) bonnet. Alternatively, it may be possible to temporarily feed the connecting lead through the firewall (not so easy) or through an air vent (easier). Note that the lid of the Ignition Timing Module must be left off when the Hand Controller is connected. This also allows jumper LK1 to be easily changed, to select either the settings or timing display modes. Note that Reluctor adjustment If your car uses a reluctor pick-up, then VR1 (on the Ignition Timing Module) must first be adjusted. Begin by setting VR1 fully clockwise and measure the voltage at pin 6 of IC1. If the voltage is close to 0V, wind VR1 anticlockwise several turns until the voltage at pin 6 of IC1 goes to +5V. When it does, wind VR1 anticlockwise about two turns more and leave it at this setting. If the voltage at pin 6 of IC1 is +5V when VR1 is wound fully clockwise, then rotate VR1 fully anticlockwise and wind it clockwise until the voltage goes to +5V. As before, wind VR1 on by an extra two turns (clockwise this time). Initial settings Now for the programmed settings. Fig.23: here’s how to set the system up with a timing light and a spare ignition coil to map the ignition timing. troller to be easily attached and used while someone else does the driving (this should be done on a racetrack or some other closed road). It is also best to mount the Ignition Timing Module in the cabin if the Sensym pressure sensor is used. This helps keep the sensor cool. Alternatively, the Ignition Timing Module can be mounted in the engine bay if you cannot find room for it in 76  Silicon Chip siliconchip.com.au Here’s the step-by-step procedure: (1) Install jumper LK1 in the settings position. (2) Set the number of cylinders for your car, the edge sense to HIGH and the diagnostic setting to “No Interpolation”. (3) Set the dwell to 0ms and set the oscillator to ON. (4) Increase the dwell value until the timing light fires reliably. Note that the dwell value does not change until the Up switch on the Hand Controller is released. (5) Move LK1 to the timing position and press the Reset switch on the Hand Controller so that all the timing values for the selected map return to 0. If you now start the engine and aim the timing light at the flywheel timing marks you should see the amount of advance. If this does not seem correct, then change the edge sense to low in the settings mode (ie, temporarily move LK1 back to the settings position). If the strobing is erratic, try selecting the 2ms debounce option (again found in the settings mode). Note that with this strobe set-up, the timing light will fire for every spark firing rather than just for cylinder 1. This will make the visible contrast of the timing mark a little less than it otherwise would be. You can compensate for this by dabbing some white paint on the flywheel marker. RPM Site Load Site Min load LOAD1 LOAD2 LOAD3 LOAD4 LOAD5 LOAD6 LOAD7 LOAD8 LOAD9 LOAD10 Max load LOAD11 RPM0 Min RPM RPM1 0 1000 6 6 RPM2 RPM3 RPM4 RPM5 RPM6 RPM7 RPM8 RPM9 RPM10 Max RPM RPM11 8.5 11.5 13 15.5 19 22 26 28 32.5 34 1400 1800 2200 2600 3000 3400 3800 4200 4600 5000 Table 1: this table shows the interpolated advance values vs RPM for the high load site (in this case, LOAD11). These values are measured with the vacuum advance line disconnected and plugged – see text. Having gone through all these initial adjustments, the next step is to disable any vacuum advance by removing and plugging the rubber hose that connects to the vacuum advance pressure sensor (or MAP sensor. The timing advance at idle should be set according to the manufacturer’s specifications. For the Ford Telstar, the initial timing is 6° BTC (before top centre) and this should be indicated by aiming the timing light at the timing marks. In this case, the Ignition Timing Module can now be programmed (using the Hand Controller) for a timing advance of -6.0° (retard). When this is done, the timing light should now show the timing to be at exactly TDC on the flywheel marks. Plotting the RPM advance values from here is straightforward. It’s just a matter of running the engine at specific RPM values and adjusting the “retard” value programmed into the Ignition Timing Module until the timing light shows TDC in each case. The programmed values then represent the timing advance (in degrees) for each selected RPM value. For example, let’s say that the programmed value necessary for the timing light to show TDC is -22° when the engine is doing 3400 RPM. This simply means that, in this particular case, the standard ignition has a timing advance of 22° at that engine speed. OK, so how do we actually do this? Simple – just select the timing display mode (using LK1) and then select DIAG so that the RPM is displayed. You can now plot out the advance versus RPM values by increasing the engine RPM in suitable steps (eg, 1000 RPM) all the way to the red line and adjusting the programmed retard value so that the timing is shown at TDC. Keep a record of these advance values as you proceed. This RPM versus timing advance is generally the high-load map because the vacuum advance line is disconnected and plugged. However, it is not the high load map for turbo-boosted engines (see below). The recorded timing information can now be plotted out on a graph and the interpolated values transferred to the individual RPM sites. This is done as follows: (1) Decide whether you want the two 11x11 maps or the single 15x15 map and select this in the settings mode. (2) Select either 1° or 0.5° resolution. (3) Set the Minimum RPM and Maximum RPM values to suit the range of the engine. The Minimum RPM value is simply the idle speed, while the Maximum RPM value is the engine red line. The idle speed can be measured by setting the display to DIAG, so that it shows RPM. When setting the Maximum RPM, adjust the RPM/SITE value so that the Maximum RPM is at or just over the value required. You can also adjust the Minimum RPM setting if necessary (see Pt.1). The Minimum RPM value becomes the RPM1 site. The RPM step value for each site is shown in the Maximum RPM settings display. If this is 400 RPM, for example, then the RPM2 site will be 400 RPM higher than the Minimum RPM setting. Similarly, the next RPM site will be 400 RPM higher again and so on up to the final RPM site which will be equal to (or slightly higher than) the Maximum RPM value. You should now have a timing table . . . continued next page LK1 should be placed in the settings position when the Hand Controller is subsequently disconnected. By contrast, the Ignition Coil Driver must be mounted in the engine bay. It can be secured to the chassis using suitable brackets and should be located close to the ignition coil. If you are using a separate MAP sensor, then this can be mounted on the firewall. Make sure that there is a good con- nection between the metal cases of both units and chassis. If necessary, you can run separate earth leads to ground (bolt them to the chassis via crimp eyelet connectors). Once you’ve made the connections, use your multimeter (set to its ohms range) to confirm that the metal cases are correctly grounded. You should get a reading of zero ohms between each metal case and ground. Fig.15 in Pt.2 last month shows the external wiring details. Note that all wiring between the Ignition Timing Module and the Ignition Coil Driver should be run using automotive wire and crimp automotive connectors. Similarly, use automotive wire and crimp connectors for the connections to the ignition coil, the +12V supply and to chassis. The +12V supply should be taken Checking the advance siliconchip.com.au May 2007  77 Plotting The Original Timing Values – Continued Fig.24: here’s how to check the LOAD values in a car with a mechanical vacuum actuator. The syringe is used to vary the pressure. that is similar to the one shown in Table 1. Note that we have included RPM0 on a different line because it is only there to show that the advance setting remains the same for RPM values below the Minimum RPM site (RPM1). Finally, you may wish to recheck the advance values assigned to each RPM site. For example, for the table shown, you would recheck the advance at 1000, 1400, 1800, 2200, 2600, 3000, 3400, 3800, 4200, 4600 and 5000 RPM. Having determined the RPM site advance values, you now need to plot the LOAD values. First, let’s assume that you have a car with a mechanical vacuum actuator. In this case, you will need a T-piece in order to connect this existing vacuum actuator (via a hose) to the MAP sensor used with the Programmable Ignition System. Note, however, that a T-piece is not required if your car is fitted with an existing MAP sensor. In this case, the same signal from the MAP sensor is used both for the existing ignition and for the Ignition Timing Module. In either case, it will be necessary to feed a MAP sensor signal to the Ignition Timing Module. If you are using the Sensym sensor, then a vacuum hose has to be connected to this. The T-piece does not have to be anything too complex. You can buy these at from the fusebox. Be sure to choose a connection point that delivers +12V only when the ignition on. In addition, make sure that this +12V rail DOES NOT drop to 0V when the ignition is switched to START, otherwise the engine will never start. In our case, we used twin-core shielded cable to connect between the Ignition Timing Module and an external MAP sensor mounted on the firewall (see photo. Alternatively, you can use automotive cable. Note that the MAP sensor must be wired with the correct polarity so double-check the wiring and voltages before making the final connection to the this sensor. If you are using an existing MAP sensor, then you won’t need to make the supply connections, since these will already be present (see panel on page 73 last month). Vacuum advance 78  Silicon Chip an automotive shop or make your own. As shown in Fig.24, a syringe is used to vary the pressure. However, be careful not introduce excessive pressure into the MAP sensor as it may be damaged. For 1-bar sensors, the syringe should be pressed all the way in before connecting it to the vacuum hose. That way, you can only “draw” a vacuum by pulling on the syringe plunger (and not increase the pressure). The maximum value is typically around 200 but could be as high as 230 and is equivalent to a 4-4.5V output from the sensor. If you are using a 2-bar sensor, first check the LOAD value at normal atmospheric air pressure. At 2-bar, this value will be about 100 greater. Do not increase pressure above this increased value (ie, the atmospheric plus 100 value). In this case (ie, for a 2-bar sensor), the syringe should be inserted into the hose with the plunger set half-way down. If you cannot get a sufficient pressure range with this, then you will have to do the pressure changes in two steps: (1) for vacuum, insert the syringe when the plunger is fully in and draw out the plunger for vacuum; and (2) for boost pressure measurements, insert the syringe nozzle into the hose with the plunger fully drawn and apply boost pressure by pressing on the plunger. During this process, be sure to always monitor the sensor output level by setting the Hand Controller to DIAG mode (the second line shows the pressure sensor LOAD value). If the value stops increasing as you apply more pressure, then stop immediately. This indicates that you have reached the maximum pressure that the sensor can detect and any further increases could damage it. Plotting vacuum advance Let’s assume that your car uses a vacuum actuator and you have made the necessary vacuum hose connections using the T-piece. The vacuum advance plot can A toggle switch will need to be mounted on the dashboard if you want to be able to select between two 11x11 maps. The wires for this are connected to the S1 terminals on the Ignition Timing Module PC board. If you just want one map (either an 11x11 or a 15x15), then switch S1 is unnecessary. Adjusting VR1 If you are using a reluctor pickup siliconchip.com.au to trigger the Ignition Timing Module, the first thing to do is to adjust trimpot VR1. That’s done as set out in the accompanying panel headed “Plotting The Original Ignition Timing Values” (see text immediately following “Reluctor adjustment”). If you have plotted the RPM advance curve (see panel), then most of the parameters within the Ignition Timing Module will have already been siliconchip.com.au Value 151 155 159 163 167 171 175 179 183 187 191 RPM Site Load Site LOAD1 LOAD2 LOAD3 LOAD4 LOAD5 LOAD6 LOAD7 LOAD8 LOAD9 LOAD10 LOAD11 RPM0 Min RPM RPM1 0 1000 6 6 RPM2 1400 18.5 17.5 16.5 15.5 14.5 13.5 12.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 RPM3 RPM4 RPM5 RPM6 RPM7 RPM8 RPM9 RPM10 Max RPM RPM11 11.5 13 15.5 19 22 26 28 32.5 34 1800 2200 2600 3000 3400 3800 4200 4600 5000 Table 2: the LOAD site values are all made at a fixed RPM setting but do not use the RPM1 value. Choose the RPM2 or RPM3 rev value instead. RPM Site Load Site Min load LOAD1 LOAD2 LOAD3 LOAD4 LOAD5 LOAD6 LOAD7 LOAD8 LOAD9 LOAD10 Max load LOAD11 RPM0 Min RPM RPM1 0 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 1000 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 RPM2 1400 18.5 17.5 16.5 15.5 14.5 13.5 12.5 11.5 10.5 9.5 8.5 RPM3 1800 21.5 20.5 19.5 18.5 17.5 16.5 15.5 14.5 13.5 12.5 11.5 RPM4 2200 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 RPM5 2600 25.5 24.5 23.5 22.5 21.5 20.5 19.5 18.5 17.5 16.5 15.5 RPM6 3000 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 RPM7 3400 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 RPM8 3800 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 RPM9 4200 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 RPM10 4600 42.5 41.5 40.5 39.5 38.5 37.5 36.5 35.5 34.5 33.5 32.5 Max RPM RPM11 5000 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 Table 3: once you’ve completed Table 2, the rest of the table can be filled in by adding or subtracting the RPM advance steps to the RPM2 LOAD site values. 11 x 11 This is the result for a 1988 2-litre Ford Telstar. Ignition Timing Map 45 Programming RPM11 RPM9 RPM10 RPM8 RPM2 RPM1 LOAD11 If your car has an existing MAP sensor, then the load advance will have to be plotted for each RPM site. The table then Engine Load may not have a consistent change between LOAD sites but its value will be dependent on the ignition mapping. RPM3 MAP sensor RPM7 low if you know it should be this setting). The diagnostic setting should then be checked to ensure it is set for “interpolation on”. Next, decide whether you want the two 11x11 maps or the single 15x15 map and select this in the map setting. Follow this step by selecting either the 1° or 0.5° resolution and set the debounce to 0.4ms. Note that the latter may need to be Because the vacuum actuator advance system provides the same advance curve at all RPM values, it’s quite easy to complete the table. In our example, the advance increases by 1° for each decreasing LOAD site. Table 3 shows the result. RPM6 set. You will, however, need to set the dwell for the ignition coil. Conversely, if none of the parameters have been set, then you will have to start from scratch. The various settings were detailed in the first article in March 2007. The first step is to place jumper LK1 in the settings position. That done, set the number of cylinders for your car, then set the edge sense to high (or to Completing the table RPM5 The Ignition Timing Module can now be programmed with the timing map. This is done using the VIEW setting, to enable 40 Advance stepping through all the map sites. (Degrees) 35 Normally, the distributor would be ad40-45 justed so that the trigger sensor delivers 30 35-40 a firing signal at TDC and the timing map 30-35 25 25-30 entered on this basis. Alternatively, you can 20-25 20 set the distributor to deliver 15-20 a firing signal 15 10-15 at a preset advance or retard value. The 5-10 10 entered advance values would need to be 0-5 adjusted to account5 for this initial advance or retard setting of0 the distributor. Make sure that the distributor’s rotor is still within its range for firing with the values set in the programmable ignition. If you do not change the settings much RPM beyond the original ignition timing curve, then the rotor will remain within range to allow the spark to bridge the gap within the distributor cap to fire the spark plugs. Finally, don’t forget to set the interpolation back to “on” after plotting the ignition timing. RPM4 This is because the lowest value must be entered as the minimum load site. LOAD1 LOAD2 LOAD3 LOAD4 LOAD5 LOAD6 LOAD7 LOAD8 LOAD9 LOAD10 now be made at a fixed RPM setting that coincides with an RPM load site value. However, do not to choose the idle load point because the engine RPM will alter as vacuum advance is applied and you need to be able to adjust the throttle to maintain the fixed RPM setting. Choose the RPM2 site value instead (1400 RPM in our example). It’s now just a matter of plotting the RPM advance against the pressure sensor LOAD reading, as shown on the Hand Controller’s display. To vary the LOAD reading, just vary the position of the syringe plunger. Be sure to adjust the throttle to compensate for pressure changes, to maintain engine RPM at the RPM2 site value. In practice, the vacuum advance value will stop increasing beyond a certain min­ imum pressure value. This value should be recorded as the minimum load. Similarly, it will also cease changing at a certain maximum pressure value and this should be recorded as the maximum load value. Enter these two values into the Minimum LOAD and Maximum LOAD settings. Remember that the maximum load value can only be changed by increasing the LOADS/SITE value. In our example below, the LOADS/SITE value is 40 and it ranges from a minimum of 151 (which becomes LOAD1) through to a maximum of 191 (LOAD11). You can now insert the load timing values into a table as shown in Table 2. Note that the voltage output from electronic pressure sensors (including MAP sensors) usually decreases with increasing vacuum (lower pressure). This means that the minimum load (maximum vacuum) gives the lowest value on the DIAG display and so this becomes the minimum load site (LOAD1). If, for some reason, the pressure readings are reversed (ie, the value increases with decreasing vacuum), then the load site numbering will have to be reversed so that the maximum load becomes LOAD1. May 2007  79 Using An Existing Coil Driver Module I N SOME CASES, it may be possible for the output from the Ignition Timing Module to drive an existing ignition module (or coil driver) instead of using the SILICON CHIP Ignition Coil Driver. There are a few things to sort out before doing this, however. First, you must find out the voltage sense used for the trigger signal. This can easily be determined if the trigger signal is produced by the ECU. For other triggers, the sense may need to be determined by trial and error. Initially, you should set the Ignition Timing Module’s EDGE setting set to LOW. If it doesn’t work, try reducing the 470W output resistor in the Ignition Timing Module to 220W in order to drive the original coil driver module. If it still doesn’t work, try changing the EDGE setting to HIGH. In addition, the Ignition Timing Module output must be inverted for positive edge firing by taking the drive from transistor Q4 – see Fig.14 in last month’s article. ECU trigger signal What if you are using the trigger signal from an existing ECU (or engine management unit)? In this case, the output may normally be at +5V, with a low signal then applied to the ignition module to “charge” the coil and a high-going signal subsequently used to fire a plug. Alternatively, the signal sense could be completely reverse to this. Generally, it’s easy to determine the voltage sense by measuring the voltage from the ECU when the engine is idling, using a multimeter set to read DC. The meter will show the average voltage of the trigger signal and so a normally low output will give a voltage below 2.5V and a normally high output will give a voltage above 2.5V. If the measured voltage is less than +2.5V, then the plugs fire on the low-going signal edges (ie, the ECU’s output goes to +5V to “charge” the coil). In this case, the EDGE setting in the Ignition Timing Module should be set to LOW. Conversely, if the voltage is greater than +2.5V, it means that the coil charges when the ECU output goes to 0V and the plugs fire on the high-going signal edges. In this case, the EDGE setting in the Ignition Timing Module should be set to HIGH. In addition, the signal output from the Ignition Timing Module must be inverted (by taking the output from transistor Q4), as shown last month in Fig.14. set to 2ms if there are problems. This higher debounce period is usually required only for points triggers. internal oscillator will automatically be off when power is re-applied. Dwell setting If you intend using the unit as an interceptor (ie, to modify the timing output from an existing system), then you will need to know both the existing pressure (MAP) sensor and RPM ranges. This means that the Ignition Timing Module should be set up so that it initially makes no changes made to the timing. The range over which the existing MAP sensor works can be found by monitoring the LOAD value in the DIAG display mode. First, record the maximum load value by checking the LOAD reading with the ignition on but without the engine started. This should be done only for normally aspirated engines when the baro­meter shows 1013hPa of atmospheric pressure (ie, the standard pressure at sea level). If you are at a higher altitude, then add another 3% to the reading for Now for the dwell setting. First, attach an external spark plug to the HT lead from the coil and connect the plug’s metal thread to chassis (ground). You can use a heavy-duty lead with alligator clips at either end to make this connection. Now set the dwell to 0ms and set the internal oscillator in the Ignition Timing Module to on. That done, increase the dwell until the spark plug appears to give its best spark. Note that the dwell value will not change until the Up switch on the Hand Controller is released, so be sure to release the switch each time you make a change. Stop increasing the dwell when the spark appears to have reached its maximum intensity. Once you’ve finished, switch off the ignition and reconnect the HT lead correctly so that the car will run. The 80  Silicon Chip MAP sensor & RPM ranges Small Engine Use For some motorcycles, go-carts and other engines, the ignition can be operated without using a MAP sensor. In this case, the MAP sensor input on the PC board should be connected to the 0V (ground) supply pin provided for the external MAP sensor. This will set the programmable ignition at a single fixed load setting. In the settings, set the minimum load to about 20 and the maximum load to around 200. The ignition will then be programmed for RPM load sites only and at the fixed load setting. RPM mapping would be over 11 RPM sites (or 15 RPM sites if the single 15 x 15 map is selected). every 300m above sea level to compensate for the loss in air pressure. Alternatively, vary the reading by the percentage that your local air pressure differs from 1013hPa. Increase the reading for lower air pressure and decrease it for higher air pressure. For turbo engines, the maximum reading from the pressure sensor is found at maximum boost. The minimum load value can be found by driving the car downhill, with the engine being overrun (eg, by shifting to a lower gear than normal). Note, however, that some cars tap the vacuum line for the vacuum measurement before the butterfly valve that’s located within the air inlet throat. In this case, vacuum measurement is not available on a fully-closed throttle because the butterfly valve is also clos­ ed. What’s more, just slightly opening the throttle in this case will cause the vacuum to reappear. Once you’ve measured the minimum load value, enter it into the settings as the Minimum LOAD. That done, enter the Maximum LOAD by altering the loads/site value so that it is equal to or a little over the value previously measured. You now need to set the minimum and maximum RPM values to suit the range of the engine. Just set the Minimum RPM value to the idle speed and the Maximum RPM value to the engine red line. Note that the idle speed can be measured using the Programmable Ignition System, with the display set to DIAG to show the RPM. siliconchip.com.au Disabling Original Ignition Systems I F YOUR CAR already has a fully electronic ignition, it can be disabled quite easily. Just disconnect the trigger sensor from the existing ignition and connect it to the Ignition Timing Module instead. Note that with some ignition systems, you will not be able to find a suitable trigger signal that does not also include timing information. In this case, you can only use the Programmable Ignition System as an interceptor. To disable a mechanical advance system, you first need to remove and disassemble part of the distributor. Make sure you turn the engine to TDC for cylinder 1 before removing the distributor. The distributor must be stripped down to give access to the mechanical weights, so they can be locked in place. We used an aluminium plate to lock the weights to the minimum advance position. The vacuum actuator hose is disconnected (to set the advance to the maximum load setting) and the inlet to the actuator is plugged. The vacuum hose is then connected to the manifold pressure sensor that’s used with the Programmable Ignition System (eg, to an external MAP sensor or the on-board Sensym sensor). Be sure to reinstall the distributor with its rotor pointing towards the cylinder 1 high-tension terminal on the distributor cap.  The inlet to the vacuum actuator is disconnected and plugged.  Left: you can use a simple aluminium plate like this to lock the mechanical timing weights inside a distributor. It simply slides over the distributor cam and the timing weight posts, as shown in the photos. Inside a stripped-down distributor, showing the timing weight posts.  The aluminium plate prevents the posts attached to the weights from sliding in their slots as the RPM increases, thus locking them in position. siliconchip.com.au  The partially reassembled distributor with the advance plate back in position. Because the weights are locked, the advance plate is now also locked. May 2007  81 Programmable Ignition Software: How It Works T HE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION in Pt.1 details many of the functions of microcontroller IC1 and explains its pin assignments. However, it doesn’t explain what goes on inside the microcontroller, so let’s take a closer look at this. As we’ve already seen, the trigger signal is applied to IC1’s RB0 input and the RB3 output subsequently switches off the ignition coil via the driver circuit to fire a spark plug. We’ll assume here that a positive signal edge at the RB0 input is the trigger point for turning off the ignition coil. Alternatively, this could be set for negative edge triggering instead by selecting the EDGE LOW setting via the LCD Hand Controller. If the Programmable Ignition is set for no advance or retard, the RB3 output will go low and turn off the ignition coil (to fire a plug) at the instant the RB0 input goes high. However, we also need to “charge” the coil so that there is sufficient energy stored in it at the point of “firing” so as to provide a spark. The duration required to fully charge the coil (to provide maximum spark energy) is called the “dwell” period. In order to provide this dwell period, we need to predict when the coil is going to “fire” the next plug. Based on this prediction, we can then determine when to start “charging” the coil (ie, the start of the dwell period). Fig.25 shows the waveforms associated with this. The top waveform is the trigger signal applied to RB0 and the positivegoing edges are the firing points. The RB3 output on the waveform below this initiates When setting the Maximum RPM, adjust the RPM/SITE value so that the maximum RPM is at or just over the value required. You can also adjust the minimum RPM setting to achieve the best compromise for the adjustment. Testing The Programmable Ignition System should now be ready for it first real test. If you are using it as an interceptor, make sure that all the initial timing map values are zero. You can ensure this by pressing the Reset button on the Hand Controller and waiting one second so that RESET is shown on the display. This will clear all the timing 82  Silicon Chip Fig.25: the top waveform in red represents the trigger signal applied to the RB0 input of the microcontroller in the Ignition Timing Module. The green waveforms show the three possible RB3 output signal conditions. the dwell period before firing occurs at the positive edge of RB0. To predict the next firing point, we use a timer (Timer2) that counts up by one for each 800ns between the positive edges of RB0. This count value then becomes the predicted count for Timer2 to indicate when the next firing will occur. This is true when the engine is running at a con- stant RPM. However, when the engine is increasing in speed, the firing point will occur somewhat earlier than the previous Timer2 count value. Conversely, the firing point will lag behind the previous Timer2 count value when the engine is slowing down. These changes are not significant since the engine RPM value cannot quickly change values to zero but only for the map selected. If you want to clear both the alpha and beta maps, then you will need to use switch S1 to select the alternative map and press the Reset button again. Of course, this only applies if the two 11x11 maps have been selected. The 15x15 map is fully reset to zero using just the Reset switch, regardless of switch S1’s position. Now try to start the engine. If it refuses to start, then the edge setting (for the input trigger signal) may need to be set to low rather than high. Assuming that it does start, check that it runs properly when the throttle is quickly pressed to increase the revs. If it falters, then the dwell period may need increasing a little. Additionally, the response to the low-speed RPM setting may need to be increased by a few hundred RPM above the idle speed for best “take-off” acceleration. Altering the timing a little from its standard setting can sometimes smooth out the idle speed if it tends to be rough. It needs to be tested by both advancing and retarding the existing value to find the optimum setting. This setting becomes the cranking advance as well. These two settings (for cranking and idle) may not be compatible because siliconchip.com.au to any extent between successive input trigger signals. The dwell period can be initiated before the next firing by doing some calculations using the Timer2 count value. If, for example, the required dwell for the coil is 4ms, we can calculate that this period is equal to a count of 5000. This is because 4ms requires counting 5000 of the 800ns count periods. We can then start the dwell at a count of 5000 before the next expected firing point. Initiating the dwell start and switching off the coil to fire a plug requires another counter. At every positive signal edge on RB0, this second counter (Timer0) is set at a value so that it will reach a count of zero at the next expected firing position. Before it reaches zero, the counter is checked every 204.8ms to see if it has reached the value to start the dwell period. If this value has been reached, RB3 goes high and remains high until the counter reaches zero, at which point RB3 goes low to fire the plug. In order to advance or retard the firing point, instead of setting Timer0 to fire at the next expected RB0 positive edge we either fire before this for advance or later than this for retard. The dwell is also shifted to start earlier as the timing advances or later as the timing retards. We need to make some calculations in order to set Timer0 to a value that will give the correct amount of advance or retard in degrees. As we know, the Timer2 value provides us with the count between firing pulses. Firing pulses occur twice per engine revolution for a 4-cylinder 4-stroke engine and three times per engine revolution for a 6-cylinder 4-stroke. So for a 4-cylinder 4-stroke engine, we divide the Timer2 count by 180 because plug firings are 180° apart, with two pulses per 360° engine revolution. This gives us the count per degree. For the 0.5° resolution setting, we divide by 360 instead of 180 to get the number of counts per 0.5°. Similarly, for a 6-cylinder engine, we divide by 120 for the 1° resolution setting because there are three firing pulses per 360° engine revolution. The number of degrees of advance or retard required is then multiplied by the count per degree value. This is then either added to the Timer2 value to retard the timing or subtracted from the Timer2 value to advance the timing. Timer0 is then set so that it reaches a count of zero at this altered Timer2 value. In this way, RB3 is controlled by Timer0 to set the dwell and fire a plug (when Timer0 is zero) at the required advance or retard setting. Well, that’s basically how the system works but in practice it’s a bit more complicated that that. In reality, there are two timers: Timer0 and Timer1. Timer0 is used to decide when to drive RB3 high (for the dwell) and low (to fire the plug) between each of the even-numbered positive edges from RB0. By contrast, Timer1 is used to drive RB3 high and low between each of the odd-numbered RB0 positive edges. The reason we need two timers is because one of them might still be in use, determining when to drive RB3, when the next positive edge from RB0 occurs. If only one timer was used, it could not be made ready for the next firing sequence, as this would affect the current firing position. The only alternative is to use two timers, as described. Note that the firing point is calculated from the previous RB0 positive edge and may not exactly match the current RB0 edge when there is no advance or retard adjustment. This can happen when the engine revs are changing. In this case, we fire the coil when the RB0 output goes high. In addition, when the timing is set to retard, the firing point is recalculated when the next RB0 positive edge occurs. If the timing is set to advance, the plug will also be fired at the positive RB0 edge if it has not already fired. Another calculation made within the microcontroller is for the engine RPM value. This calculation first divides the Timer2 count value by 16 and the result is then divided into 93,750/cylinder for a 4-stroke engine. The result is a value for the number of “100 RPM” increments. For example, lets assume that Timer2 has a count of 37,500 and we are running a 4-cylinder engine. The 37,500 is then divided by 16 to give a result of 2343. Dividing this value into 93,750/4 gives a value of 10. This is the number of “100 RPM” increments which in this case is equivalent to 1000 RPM. This calculation is correct because with a Timer2 count of 37,500, the period between pulses is 30ms because each count represents 800ns (800ns x 37,500 = 30ms). A 30ms period is 33.333Hz or 2000 pulses per minute. Since the engine is a 4-cylinder 4-stroke, there are two pulses per revolution and so the engine speed is 1000 RPM. Calculations are also required to convert the RPM and pressure sensor values to site values. These calculations are based on the size of the map selected (11x11 or 15x15) and the minimum and maximum RPM and load values. Further calculations perform the interpolations for the advance and retard values between both the RPM and load sites. the idle advance setting may make the engine hard to start. If necessary, the cranking timing can be made independent of the idle timing by lowering the minimum RPM setting to below idle but above the cranking speed. This will set the RPM1 sites for cranking only. Cranking RPM can be measured on the DIAG display during starting. Both the off-throttle and cruising settings can generally be advanced further to improve fuel economy. However, too much off-throttle and cruising advance can produce poor engine response if extra throttle is suddenly applied for acceleration. Any pinging (detonation) problems at high loads can be solved by reducing the advance. Note that with the 11x11 map, there are 121 individual adjustments that can be made at the various RPM and engine LOAD sites. You will probably not need to alter too many of these. Just adjust those sites that need to be changed to eliminate pinging (reduce the timing value) or to provide more power under load (increase the timing value). In practice, the vehicle can be driven with the Hand Controller connected if you wish to fine-tune the adjustments (get someone else to do the driving). However, it’s important to note that the Programmable Ignition will work best when the Hand Controller is in the settings mode, as selected using link LK1 on the Ignition Timing Module. The microcontroller then does not spend time updating the LCD module and this allows its program to be solely devoted to updating the timing. As a result, any responses to manifold pressure changes and RPM changes will not be hampered by display updates. The Hand Controller can be disconnected when all the settings have been entered. Note that it should only be connected or disconnected with the power to the Ignition Timing Module SC switched off. siliconchip.com.au May 2007  83 Improving stability & adding a serial port GPS-Based Frequency Reference: Circuit Mods & Additions The short term frequency stability of the GPS-Based Frequency Reference described in the March and April issues can be improved with some circuit changes, as described here. It’s also quite easy to add an RS-232C serial output, so the NMEA data stream from the GPS receiver module can be fed out to a PC for other purposes. By JIM ROWE A FEW DAYS after the March issue of SILICON CHIP had been published with the first article describing the GPS-Based Frequency Reference, an email arrived from New Zealand reader Dr Bruce Griffiths advising that the method used for cascading the synchronous frequency dividers IC4, IC5 and IC6 was not the best way. Correcting this would improve the divider’s reliability and hence the short-term frequency stability. After studying the data, it turned out that Dr Griffiths was correct. As a result, I performed some “surgery” on the prototype reference, changing the divider configuration over to one which should give more reliable synchronous division. Then I set it up again and let it run for a few days, while I monitored its operation. Sure enough the short-term stabil- Fig.1: adding a serial data output port to the GPSBased Frequency Reference is easy. Here’s how to do it. 84  Silicon Chip ity did seem to be better, although not dramatically so. The benefits were mainly in terms of reduced jitter in the “raw” PLL error correction voltage, before filtering. New PC board Now while it’s not too difficult to change the configuration on the original PC board by cutting tracks and soldering in short insulated wires underneath, I have revised the board design so that the job will be even easier if you get a board etched with the new pattern. These should be available from board manufacturers shortly. The revised divider circuit configuration is shown in Fig.2. The 10MHz clock signals coming from the crystal oscillator via buffer IC3c are now fed directly to the clock inputs (CP pins 2) of IC5 as well as IC4, and also to the clock inputs of IC6 (pins 1 & 5) via inverter IC3e. The inverter is needed because the flipflops in IC6 are negative edge triggered, while IC4 and IC5 are positive edge triggered. The TC (terminal count) output of IC4 now feeds into the CET (clock enable) input of IC5, to ensure more reliable synchronous count cascading, while the TC output of IC5 is also fed to the J and K inputs of IC6a and IC6b (pins 14, 3, 7 & 10) for the same reason. As a result, the complete synchronous division process down to 50kHz should now be significantly more reliable. Fig.3 shows how the revised main PC board is wired for this section of the circuit. The changes are all at the front righthand corner of the PC board, just behind CON1 and CON2. siliconchip.com.au Fig.3: here’s how to wire the revised PC board. All the changes are in the bottom righthand corner. Fig.2: the revised divider circuit configuration for the GPS-Based Frequency Reference. Wiring up the new divider configuration should be very easy if you use this diagram as a guide, instead of the corresponding section of the original overlay diagram. The same diagram should also help you if you’re maksiliconchip.com.au ing the change by operating on the original board. Want to add a serial port? A couple of other readers sent emails asking how easy it would be to add a serial data output port to the GPS-Based Frequency Reference, so that the NMEA data stream coming from the GPS receiver module could be fed out to a PC – for synchronising real-time clocks and other purposes. As it happens, adding such a port is very easy. All that’s needed is to mount a DB9M connector on the rear panel in a suitable spot (say above CON3 and CON4) and connect it to the main board via the simple inverting buffer circuit shown in Fig.1. As you can see, this involves only two resistors and one PN100 transistor, so it could be wired on a postage-stamp sized piece of matrix board and supported on the back of the DB9M connector by the wiring. There are only three connections to be made between this serial port circuit and the main PC board: one for the ground connection, one for the +5V line and the third for the buffered RS-232C GPS receiver’s data stream available from the output of IC14e (pin 10). This last signal is also conveniently available via the wire link on the top of the main board, just to the rear of IC8 and its 100nF supply bypass capacitor (one of the two links just to the front of CON7). So if you want to add a serial output port to the Frequency Reference to make the GPS data stream available for SC external use, that’s how to do it. May 2007  85 Vintage Radio By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG A look at the Kurrajong Radio Museum Radio museums can tell us much about our radio history, as well as preserving many worthwhile items that would otherwise be lost. One of the best is at Kurrajong in NSW, just west of Sydney. M USEUMS CAN BE DUSTY, uninteresting places, particularly if the people running them know little about the exhibits and the presentation is poor. But that’s not the case with a vintage radio museum I recently visited in Kurrajong, NSW. It was run by an enthusiast named Ian O’Toole and is one of the best I’ve seen. How it started The start of this museum goes back many years. Ian’s father owned a newsagency in Newcastle in the 1950s and 60s and Ian had the job of helping his father with the magazine returns. This is a boring job which involves returning either the front covers or the headings of magazines and new­ spapers for credit on the unsold items. 86  Silicon Chip However, in 1955 when he was 10 years old, one magazine stood out – “Radio & Hobbies”, which later became “Radio, TV & Hobbies” and then “Electronics Australia”. He quickly became interested in the magazine and eventually decided to try building some of the projects described. In fact, I wonder how many other radio enthusiasts (both hobbyist and professional) got their introduction to the radio field through “Radio & Hobbies”? I know I did. To start off, a semi-complete crystal set was purchased for ten shillings ($1) in 1955. And that was to be the start of a lifetime interest in radio and vintage radio equipment. Ian was fortunate to have a mentor for his radio interests in Bill Munn, a local primary school teacher. Bill had an amateur radio licence and in 1967, Ian also qualified for an amateur’s licence, obtaining the call-sign VK2ZIO which he still holds. This amateur radio licence has proved invaluable over the years, as it has allowed him to test many of his military radio transceivers on-air. After leaving school, Ian qualified as a primary school teacher and worked in many locations throughout NSW, before retiring in 2002 to the Sydney suburb of Castle Hill. Teaching kept the wolf from the door and provided the money for him to indulge his passion for collecting vintage radios. It was fortunate that he did because many of the items in his collection would now be impossible to obtain. The Kurrajong site It is apparent that Ian was bitten by the collecting bug well before most of us in the vintage radio field had even thought about it. By 2002, he had quite a sizeable collection and had a “museum of sorts” squeezed into a 5 x 11-metre shed. However, there was no room to display the equipment – it was really just in storage. Determined to have a proper display, Ian began looking for potential sites and eventually found a property in a semi-rural environment in Kurrajong which had considerable potential. It had been an old mushroom farm and had a large modern shed measuring about 24.4m long by 9.2m wide, with walls 6.1m high. There were also two houses joined together and a second, older shed roughly the same size as the new shed. In addition, there were numerous other sheds of varying sizes, so this place really was “shed heaven” – ideal for the museum. The location wasn’t too far out in the sticks, being at the siliconchip.com.au This section of the museum displays domestic radios from 1927 onwards. Pre-1927 radios are displayed separately. foothills of the Blue Mountains, which meant Sydney residents could visit the museum when it opened. The height of the new shed wasn’t a problem, as Ian intended to install a mezzanine floor. The museum would then be housed on this upper floor, while the bottom floor would be used for storing radios and other material, and for mechanical restoration work. However, the museum would not take up the entire upper floor, as three rooms would be added to house a workshop/repair area (for electronics only), a broadcast studio and a room devoted to AWA equipment. Because the block is reasonably steep, the mezzanine floor entrance would be at ground level (following suitable earth works). Once the museum building was nearing completion, a demountable classroom was brought on site. This was fitted out as the entrance, toilet block and shop, with tables and chairs so visitors could sip coffee or tea and relax. 700 items Ian now had room to effectively display 700 major items of radio history, while many other lesser items could siliconchip.com.au These World War 2 military radios were built by Astor Radio Corporation in Melbourne, Victoria. be stored on the bottom floor, below the museum. It took Ian and his wife Patricia about six weeks and two trailer loads a day to shift all the items. Those items intended for the museum were put into a separate shed and at the end of six weeks, the doors could hardly be closed! The equipment was then gradually sorted and eventually May 2007  87 This is the radio station salvaged from the North Korean “drug ship” Pong Su. The ship was used subsequently by the RAAF for target practice. Over a period of many months, Ian set up the equipment and displays, along with yellow information cards. Antennas were vitally important too, otherwise on-air displays would be a dismal failure. Ian installed antennas to cover various frequency ranges, along with broadband amplifiers to provide enough signal for most of the receivers. The accompanying photographs show the wide variety of equipment on display. One area of particular interest is the Morse code training area, where people can try their hand at Morse code. The 12 listening posts are also interesting. These provide aural history lessons via pre-recorded information on CDs as follows: • Old radio serial introductions. • Old radio advertisements. • A radio history channel. • Morse recorded off air (this goes to the two Morse training positions). • A time and frequency channel (time signals from WWVH, Hawaii). • An aircraft channel – where aircraft flying the Pacific can be heard. A • School of the Air channel – listen to lessons as they happened. • A maritime channel – weather forecasts for shipping. • An international broadcast channel featuring the 1950s & 1960s. Radio amateurs talking about • radio restorations. • Amateur Radio NSW weekly broadcast The VKS737 Outback Radio • channel – hear travellers in outback Australia. Opening day This section of the museum houses a selection of World War 2 era “walkie talkies” and backpack radios. brought back for assembly in the museum building. According to Ian, this process took them around three years from start to finish and they received lots of valuable help from some very good amateur radio friends. Laying it out Once the museum shell was finished, everything had to be laid out in 88  Silicon Chip a logical fashion. This also involved carefully planning the electrical wiring, as well as the many cables that would be necessary to connect antennas and audio lines, etc. Ian’s career as a primary school teacher proved invaluable in the design of the museum. As well as displaying lots of interesting equipment, it had to tell a story and be of interest to all ages. It’s all very well to have a first-class museum but if no-one knows about it there will be no visitors. Fortunately, Ian is a bit of a PR man and had been extolling the virtues of his new museum for some time, particularly to amateur radio operators and to members of the Historical Radio Society of Australia (HRSA), to name but a few groups. It is always a smart move to get a well-known dignitary to open such a facility and Ian engaged the local Mayor of Hawkesbury City Council, Bart Basset, to do the honours. Bart is siliconchip.com.au a helicopter pilot and had a particular interest in the operational aviation radios on the day. The opening ceremony was held on Saturday 27th May 2006, with the museum officially opening to the public on Sunday 4th June 2006. Working closely with the council was important as they are able to help publicise the museum through their tourist information centre. The Pong Su So who or what was the “Pong Su”? Well, as you may remember, the Pong Su was a 3743-tonne North Korean freighter that was observed anchored in Australian waters off Lorne, Victoria on the night of April 15, 2003. Australian Federal Police observed the vessel and followed two suspects who appeared to have come from the ship. They were apprehended and found with 50kg of heroin in their possession. Ultimately, a total of 125kg of heroin was found and Australian authorities ordered the ship into harbour. The ship then endeavoured to escape into international waters and a 4-day chase ensued. It ended when Australian Army Special Operations Forces boarded the ship from a helicopter and seized control. The ship was subsequently brought into Sydney harbour and the crew arrested. After all the legal action had been taken, the ship was stripped, towed out to sea and sunk by RAAF F-111 aircraft on 23rd March 2006. So what has this to do with Ian’s museum? Quite a bit actually! Ian was able to secure the radio station from the Pong Su and it now forms the biggest single display in the museum. Not many people have the opportunity to see the radio station from a large ship, as they are normally out of bounds to passengers. This particular radio station was manufactured by the Japanese company Anritsu in 1980. It weighs close to 800kg and can basically be divided into two sections. The lefthand side contains the mandatory emergency equipment and is capable of being powered by the ship’s 24V batteries. This equipment includes an emergency transmitter and a receiver for low-power communication on the MF and HF marine bands, along with a 500kHz Auto Alarm receiver. The righthand side of the station siliconchip.com.au Rack alley – an impressive collection of the equipment used by radio stations. This history board has lots of information on the era preceding 1930, together with scrapbooks containing press clippings on radio station 2WS (1224kHz). contains the main receiver and transmitter. These were powered from the ship’s supply, with 100V AC for the receiver and transmitter frequency synthesiser and 440V AC 3-phase for the power amplifier. The latter uses a pair of 4CX250Bs as the output valves and these deliver 500W CW (Morse) on MF and HF. Ian could find no indication that the transmitter was used on any mode other than CW (HF) and MCW (MF). He says there is a lot of circuitry in the frequency synthesiser so there may be provision for SSB, although it certainly hasn’t been utilised in this particular installation. Both receivers are operational and cover 100kHz to 34MHz. The transmitters cover the 400-515kHz, 2MHz, 4MHz, 6MHz, 8MHz, 12MHz, 16MHz, 22MHz & 25MHz marine bands. Unfortunately, the VHF (156MHz) and radio direction finding (DF) equipMay 2007  89 Vintage cars visiting vintage radios at the Kurrajong Radio Museum. Ian O’Toole taking delivery of the 1961 AWA 500W transmitters for his museum. ment had “disappeared” before Ian obtained the station. However, he does have the ship’s PA system, which has its own tuner and tape recorder, plus a cassette with a CW practice session (the ship’s engines can be heard running in the background). A quick tour So much for the specialist areas. Let’s now take a quick look at the rest of the museum. First, there is a 1940 Palmavox Console Radio, which plays the Argonaut’s theme. Then there’s the 1926 crystal set, which astounds people with its quality. There are also many reel-to-reel tape recorders ready to be demonstrated, along with cartridge machines and cassette players. The working radio studio control room is quite an experience; there are 10 display boards illustrating radio history from the very beginning until the end of WW2; there’s a special room for the AWA Company and it’s products; there is a 12-minute video “AWA and the War”; there are operational teleprinters; and there is a long wall of armed service/professional radios. A special display shows the history of domestic radios. There is also a display of WW2 spy radios (I’d be particularly interested in these). In AWA CR6 & Kingsley AR7 HF aviation receivers. 90  Silicon Chip short, there is a vast array of radio equipment on display and it continues to grow. The shop The shop not only provides light refreshments to visiting groups (by arrangement) but also sells DVDs, CDs and some books. There are also some small curios, including FT243 crystal cases and metal 6H6 valves mounted on wooden bases. Where is it? The Kurrajong Radio Museum is located at 842 Bell’s Line of Road, Kurrajong Hills, 2758. If you are approaching from Sydney, you will have to cross the Hawkesbury River at North Scouts tune in at the listening booths. siliconchip.com.au Photo Gallery: Gladiola 1932 TRF Receiver THE GLADIOLA COMPANY OF ADELAIDE was one of Australia’s smaller radio manufacturers. The set shown here is a 3-valve TRF receiver and was manufactured in 1932. It was housed in an upright wooden cabinet and used the following valve types: 57 detector, 2A5 audio output and 80 rectifier. Photo: Historical Radio Society of Australia, Inc. Richmond. As you come off the bridge the museum is 8.42km ahead on the righthand side of the road, between Kurrajong and Kurrajong Heights (look for the Kurrajong Radio Museum signs on the property). If you want more precise instructions, visit their web page at www. vk2bv.org/museum/ or just enter “Kurrajong Radio Museum” into the Google search engine. The museum is usually open on Saturdays and Sundays from 10am to 5pm and at other times by special arrangement. The cost is $10 per adult and $5 per child. Summary The Kurrajong Radio Museum does an excellent job when it comes to displaying and preserving many imsiliconchip.com.au portant aspects of our vintage radio heritage. However, Ian is always on the lookout for more items that may be suitable for the museum. In fact, he has just recently obtained two broadcastband 500W transmitters (circa 1961) and these are shown together in one of the photos, loaded onto his trailer before transport to the museum. He only needs a large antenna to go with them and he will have a complete broadcasting station! In short, Ian and Patricia O’Toole’s museum is a welcome addition to the local Hawkesbury area as a tourist attraction and an educational facility. It’s much more than just a collection of old radios and is well worth seeing SC and supporting. May 2007  91 Throttle Interface For The DC Motor Speed Controller Words by Leo Simpson Design by Branko Justic* *Oatley Electronics Last month, we presented the High-Power Reversible DC Motor Speed Controller. Here is a companion controller which works with a motorcycle-style throttle control. It also features a forward/ reverse switch to control the motor direction. L AST MONTH’S DC Motor Speed Controller was designed to work from a joystick or a potentiometer that is normally centred. This has the virtue of simplicity but having the motor speed and direction under the control of a single potentiometer can be a problem in some applications. Therefore, this companion design was produced to allow a potentiometer to control only the motor speed while the motor direction is controlled by a forward/reverse toggle switch. Furthermore, the potentiometer can be substituted with a spring-loaded motorcycle-style throttle control which could be just the ideal solution for applications like electric scooters, Go-karts, etc. This throttle control 92  Silicon Chip is shown in the photographs in this article. The motorcycle-style throttle is based on a magnet and a Hall-effect IC to derive a control voltage. The more you rotate the throttle against its spring tension, the higher the control voltage fed to the input of the Throttle Interface circuit. Circuit details In effect, the interface circuit emulates the effect of the 10kW speed control pot used in last month’s circuit. The DC voltage from the wiper of that 10kW speed pot determines the motor speed and direction. When the potentiometer is centred, the wiper voltage is +4.4V; when set for the maximum forward speed, this voltage is +6.4V and when set for maximum reverse speed it is +2V. In order for the motor to go in the forward direction only, the control voltage range must be from +4.2V (motor stationary) to +6.4V (maximum speed). Similarly, for the reverse direction, the control voltage has to vary from +4.2V (stationary) to +2V for maximum speed. Therefore, the voltage range needed in both directions is around 2.2V. So the Throttle Interface circuit of Fig.1 has to produce this voltage range. In essence, the circuit of Fig.1 uses two op amps as a voltage level translator and some CMOS analog gates to provide the forward-reverse function. siliconchip.com.au This Hall-effect throttle works just like the spring-loaded throttle on a motorcycle. It’s ideal for use on electric scooters and Go-karts, etc. Let’s have a look at how it works. Consider a 10kW potentiometer connected to the input of the circuit so that its wiper is point C. If the potentiometer (or the alternative Hall-effect throttle control) is rotated over its full range, the voltage at the C input can vary between +1.6V and +6.8V. The attenuator comprising the 56kW and 68kW resistors reduces this range to between +0.65V and +2.8V. This is almost exactly the required control voltage range of around 2.2V. This voltage is fed to op amp IC1a which is connected as a unity gain buffer (ie, the input and output voltages will be the same). So its output range will still be between +0.65V and +2.8V. Transistor Q1, in conjunction with diodes D1 & D2, is connected as a constant current source with delivers 3mA into the output of IC1a via a 1.2kW resistor (a buffer can act as a sink or a source and in this case we are forcing IC1a to “swallow” 3mA while maintaining a constant output voltage). The result is that the output voltage range at the collector of Q1 is exactly 3.6V above the voltage at pin 1 of IC1a. And guess what? That means the voltage range at the collector of Q1 will be between +4.25V and +6.4V. This is exactly the voltage range of Fig.1: this is the interface circuit for the Hall-effect throttle. Op amps IC1a & IC1b provide voltage level translation, while CMOS gates IC2a-IC2d provide the necessary switching for the forward-reverse function. siliconchip.com.au May 2007  93 Parts List 1 PC board, code K244, 50 x 67mm 2 2-way 5mm screw terminal blocks 2 3-way 5mm screw terminal blocks 1 20kW trimpot (VR1) 1 100W trimpot (VR2) Semiconductors 1 M5223P low-voltage dual op amp (IC1) 1 4066 quad analog switch (IC2) 1 C8550 PNP transistor 2 1N4148 signal diodes (D1, D2) 1 3mm green LED (LED1) Fig.2: follow this parts layout to build the PC board. Make sure that all polarised parts are correctly oriented (ie, the ICs, diodes, Q1, LED1 and the electrolytic capacitors). Capacitors 2 10mF 35V PC electrolytic 2 15nF (.015mF) ceramic or metallised polyester (greencap) Resistors (0.25W, 1% or 5%) 2 100kW 1 1.8kW 4 56kW 1 1.2kW 2 39kW 2 1kW 1 22kW 1 120W 1 2.7kW Kit availability This Throttle Interface project was produced by Oatley Electronics who own the design copyright. Kits (Cat. K244) can be purchased from Oatley Electronics Pty Ltd, PO Box 89, Oatley, NSW 2223. The kit includes the PC board and all on-board components only.The Hall-effect throttle (Cat.Throt2) can be purchased separately from Oatley Electronics. See their website at: http://www.oatleyelectronics.com This full-size view shows the fully-assembled PC board. Refer to the wiring diagram (Fig.3) for the external wiring connections. the speed control pot in last month’s circuit. So that’s the forward control voltage range provided for. What about the reverse control voltage range? This is provided by op amp IC1b which is configured as a unity gain inverting buffer with a reference voltage of +4.4V connected to its noninverting input (pin 5). By inverting the voltage appearing at the collector of Q1, it produces the required reverse control range of +4.4V to +2V. Now that we have the required voltage ranges for forward and reverse motor control of last month’s circuit, we only need some CMOS gates to select the correct output from the collector of Q1 or the output of IC1b. This function is provided by the analog gates in IC2, under the control of switch S1. This works as follows. First, consider that switch S1 is open. This allows the control inputs of IC2a, IC2b & IC2c to be pulled “high” Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes o o o o o o o o o o No.   2   4   2   1   1   1   1   2   1 94  Silicon Chip Value 100kW 56kW 39kW 22kW 2.7kW 1.8kW 1.2kW 1kW 120W 4-Band Code (1%) brown black yellow brown green blue orange brown orange white orange brown red red orange brown red violet red brown brown grey red brown brown red red brown brown black red brown brown red brown brown 5-Band Code (1%) brown black black orange brown green blue black red brown orange white black red brown red red black red brown red violet black brown brown brown grey black brown brown brown red black brown brown brown black black brown brown brown red black black brown siliconchip.com.au Fig.3: the interface board connects between the Hall-effect throttle and the DC Motor Speed Controller board as shown here. Alternatively, you can use a 10kW pot instead of the Hall-effect throttle. by the associated 100kW resistor and do the job of the 10kW speed potentherefore all these switches are “on”. tiometer from last month’s circuit. IC2b lights LED1, indicating a forward Well, that’s not quite right because we direction. The voltage at pin 2 of IC2a wanted to change the function but you is “low” and therefore switch IC2d is now have the picture. “off”. Since IC2c is “on”, the forward The only wrinkle to be added is control voltage from the collector of that the low output voltage required Q1 is applied to output terminal C2 from IC1a (ie, +0.65V or less) means via the 56kW resistor. The time delay that an ordinary dual op amp would provided by the 56kW and the 10mF not do the job. Instead, an M5223P capacitor is included to prevent any low-voltage dual op amp is specified sudden changes in speed. for this task. If switch S2 is now closed (ie, terminal D2 is grounded), the control Construction inputs of IC2a, IC2b & IC2c are pulled All the components for the Throtlow, switching those gates off and tle Interface, with the exception of IC2d “on”. This connects the revers- the Throttle Control itself (or 10kW ing voltage from the output of IC1b potentiometer VR3) and switch S1, to output C2 via the abovementioned are mounted on a PC board measuring 56kW resistor. 50 x 67mm. The component overlay is So there you are. That’s how to use shown in Fig.2. RF_SiliconChip_60x181mm.qxd 30/3/07 2:12 PM Page 1 two op amps and four CMOS gates to It is easiest to fit the components to the PC board in order of height. Start with signal diodes D1 & D2 and finish with the electrolytic capacitors, soldering and trimming the leads of each component as you go. Make sure the ICs and electrolytic capacitors go in the right way around. Testing & adjusting Before you can check the operation of the Throttle Interface, you need to have assembled and checked the operation of the DC Motor Speed Controller presented last month. In particular, you should connect it as shown last month, with a 10kW potentiometer connected to the B, C & D terminals of the PC board. You also need to check that +8V is available at the output terminal on the main PC board. With those checks verified, you can ELECTRO CHEMICALS Chemical Technology siliconchip.com.au • Dust Off • Freezing Spray • Electronic Cleaning Solvent No. 1 • Electronic Circuit Board Cleaner • Electrical Contact Cleaner Lubricant • Video Head Cleaner • Ultrasonic Bath Cleaner • Isopropyl Alcohol • Protek • Contact Treatment Grease • Contact Treatment Oil • Solvent Diluted Oil • Contact Cleaning Strip • Circuit Board Lacquer • Q43 – Silicon Grease Compound • Heat Sink Compound Contact us to find your nearest distributor: sales<at>rfoot.com.au Tel: 02 9979 8311 Fax: 02 9979 8098 Richard Foot Pty Ltd, 14/2 Apollo Street,Warriewood NSW 2102 May 2007  95 Switchmode H-bridge: How It Works As noted last month, the DC Motor Speed Controller relies on a switchmode H-bridge employing four Mosfets. The relevant part of the circuit is shown in Fig.4. Only two Mosfets are turned on at any one time. For example, to drive the motor in the forward direction, Q7 & Q6 would be “on” while Q5 & Q8 would be “off”. Similarly, to drive the motor in the reverse direction, Q5 & Q8 would be “on” while Q7 & Q6 would be “off”. Furthermore, to turn on the upper Mosfets (ie, Q5 or Q7), a much higher gate voltage is required, as explained last month. This is demonstrated in the accompanying scope screen shots. For example, Scope 1 shows the gate voltage signals needed to turn on Q5 & Q8 while keeping Q7 & Q6 “off”. The higher amplitude yellow trace is the gate signal to Q5 and the lower amplitude blue trace is the gate signal to Q8. The purple trace and hidden green trace are the 0V gate signals to Q6 & Q8, keeping them “off”. Scope 2 shows the gate signals for reverse operation, where Q7 & Fig.4: the switchmode H-bridge output stage of the DC Motor Speed Controller employs four power Mosfets but only two are turned on at any one time. Q7 & Q6 are turned on to drive the motor in one direction, while Q5 & Q8 are turned on to drive the motor in the other direction. Q6 are “on”. The higher amplitude purple trace is the gate signal to Q7 and the lower amplitude green trace in the gate signal to Q6. The yellow and hidden blue traces SCOPE 1 connect the Throttle Interface board to the main PC board, as shown in Fig.3. If you use a “Hall-effect” throttle (from Oatley Electronics), it has to be connected to the “T1”, “T2” & “C” terminals. If you use a standard 96  Silicon Chip show the 0V gate signals to Q5 & Q8, keeping them off. In both scope screen shots the duty cycle of the gate signals is about 60%, corresponding to about half-speed operation. SCOPE 2 potentiometer, it has to be connected to the “P1”, “P2” & “C” terminals. Do not connect both the 10kW pot and the Hall Effect throttle. A motor should be connected, to check overall operation. First, adjust VR1 so that the motor stops when the throttle (or pot.) is at its minimum speed setting and the switch is set for the Forward direction. That done, adjust VR2 so that the motor stops when the throttle (or pot.) is at its minimum speed setting and the switch is set for SC the Reverse direction. siliconchip.com.au ASK SILICON CHIP Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097 or send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au Upgrading the SC480 amplifier module I built a couple of SC480 amplifiers a couple of years ago and they are still going strong and have never given any problems. However, I am an incurable tinkerer and wish to upgrade the output power transistors. I heard a report from someone who used MJL15024/15025s with very good results, however I built the “plastic” version so I would need something with a TO-218 case. Also you mentioned MJL21193/4 and MJL1302A & MJL3281A in the original article. Can you recommend a particular transistor pair as a suitable starting point? I know the measured performance of the stock amplifier is fantastic but I want to try a few tweaks. After all, that is the fun of DIY! Do you have a view on changing the quiescent current? (K. W., Newport, Vic). • The only transistors we would suggest for an upgrade would be MJ21193/4. Leave the quiescent current at the specified setting. Old EA frequency reference kit wanted I’m after a pre-loved EA kit and that’s the Low-Cost TV-Derived Frequency Reference, published in Electronics Australia in the October & November 1993 issues, by Jim Rowe. The kit’s PC board number is 93TVF8. Ideally, I’d prefer a working unit in its case but a “dead-un” would be considered. It’s part of my excursion into high-precision and digital HF and VHF transmission techniques. It’s a strange world looking at millihertz stabilities of TV carriers and E-layer ionospheric Doppler shifts. Could any readers please let me know the pickup suburb/state and asking price on 0411 232 734. (C. S., Beacon Hill, NSW). Modification to PIR sensor lights I have a surveillance system at home. One of the features of this system is reliant on a sensor light and a relay that starts my video recorder. This works well until we get a momentary power failure. Most sensor lights have a feature that allows you to momentarily switch the power off and on so as to leave the light on. To return to sensor light mode, you have to switch off for about 20 seconds, then switch back on. Is there a chance that one of your boffins could devise a circuit to allow the sensor light to return to sensor light status after a momentary power interruption? I would envisage an override switch if you wish to have the sensor light work normally. In addition to my needs, this would save people coming back from holidays and finding that the day they left on their 6-month journey, the power glitched and they’ve paid a bigger electricity bill than otherwise and contributed to global warming. It’s the simple things like this that drive me to buy and read your magazine and I hope that this could “spark” an article for me to build. (N. O., Moruya, NSW). • That is an interesting suggestion but it would not be easy to implement. As you point out, these sensor lights do have a drawback with momentary power interruption. A more practical solution is to use a separate PIR sensor with relay output to switch the security light. Smart card reader is mute I purchased and built the Smart Card Reader/Programmer project from the July 2003 issue of SILICON CHIP but it does not work. The unit powers up and has both LEDs lit until Windows loads. Then the red LED goes out and the unit will not work. I have tried it on three different computers with Windows 98, Me & XP loaded and used several different COM port cables, all to no avail. The several card writer programs cannot Remote Control Extender Does Not Work With Foxtel I have been using a Remote Control Extender as published in SILICON CHIP, October 2006. Recently, I upgraded my Optus analog TV to digital (using Foxtel equipment). Initially, they installed a standard digital set-top box as the IQ boxes were out of stock. Immediately, the remote control barely worked via the extender, with maybe one trigger for every 10-20 presses. As soon as they swapped the box over to the IQ, the extender stopped working siliconchip.com.au altogether, with not even a flicker from the receive confirm LED. I have done a few tests on my Tektronix scope and found that the original analog remote carrier was on about 38.17kHz. The new digital remote is carried on almost exactly 36kHz. Is there any way to modify the circuit to allow for the 36kHz carrier frequency without losing the 38kHz ability? (S. T., via email). • The carrier frequency can only be set to one value at a time and so the Remote Control Extender may not work with both 36kHz and 38kHz remotes at the same time without readjusting the carrier adjust trimpot VR1. You may be able to compromise with the adjustment so both remotes (with 36kHz and 38kHz carriers) work by setting the carrier between the 36kHz and 38kHz frequencies (eg, to 37kHz). Ideally, however, you need two Remote Control Extenders to cover both carrier frequencies. May 2007  97 Regulated Power Supply For Amplifiers Wanted I would like to suggest a regulated split rail power supply project for audio amplifiers. The design should have an adjustable voltage of as wide a range as possible but should be able to go up to ±37V and at least 3A of current. There are many audio amplifier designs which I would imagine could benefit from the addition of a quality regulated supply, especially those with a high continuous current draw (such as class-A designs). The main reason I want a regulated supply is to get that extra bit of quality from the amplifier – to lower distortion. I would have thought that it would be impossible for any amplifier to have zero distortion (theoretically) unless the supply had a constant unvarying voltage. The design should be able to be used for amplifiers in the small to mid-power range (say up to 60W) and perhaps the design could allow work unless the card writer works. Can you give me some advice as to how to get the unit working please? G. E., via email). • First up, note that you need a “pinto-pin” serial cable for connection to a free 9-pin serial port on your PC. Also, you mention that the project did not work with “several card writer programs”. We have no knowledge of the project’s use with any card writer programs other than the one described in the original article. This was IC-Prog, available from www. ic-prog.com To test your completed project, use IC-Prog and follow the steps exactly as given in the instructions. In our experience, the most common problem is a fault in the gold card rather than in the project. Class-D amplifiers get hot Recently I was in the market for a modest home theatre amplifier to replace my Panasonic SA-HT70 which is rather large and clunky, has an inbuilt and unhackable DVD player, and lacks any auxiliary input for the internal surround decoder circuitry. 98  Silicon Chip for a variable number of pass transistors to allow the current capacity to scale with the intended use. (P. T., via email). • We have already designed a dual-rail fully regulated supply for amplifiers, in the August 1998 issue. It was used to power the 15W Class-A Stereo Amplifier. As published, it delivered ±20V but it could be made adjustable, depending on the transformer input voltage. However, we do not regard such a power supply as providing any advantage for most class-B amplifier designs. For a start, typical class B amplifiers have a PSRR (power supply rejection ratio) of 100dB or more, over a wide frequency range. This means that the supply rails can have quite large fluctuations with negligible effect on the amplifier’s waveform and distortion performance. There is also no advantage I was interested in a couple of very low-profile and fully-featured JVC models and searched the web for reviews. Apart from some negative comments about their automatic setup features, the most common thread was the large amount of heat they produce, even when idling! That put me right off the products. While browsing in K-Mart one day I came upon a Sansui SAN0310 amplifier complete with five surround speakers and a subwoofer for the princely sum of $129.00! “Can’t go wrong at that price”, I thought, and made my purchase. I left the original Panasonic speakers in place and connected the new amplifier, taking immediate advantage of the coaxial and optical inputs. The Sansui amplifier gives a good account of itself as far as sound level goes but the lack of tone controls and the most bizarre “DSP” reverb effects I have ever heard (why would anyone listen to a movie in a mineshaft full of cotton-wool or in an empty cathedral?) make me sad when I think back to the excellent Sansui hifi gear of the 1970s and 1980s. Anyway, you do get what you pay for, so I’m not complaining about that. in terms of residual hum and noise from the amplifier itself. Provided the supply voltage does not droop so low that the amplifier is pushed into clipping, the fluctuations will have negligible effect. Amplifier designers have been depending on this factor for decades. In fact, there is a disadvantage in terms of power output. Any normal class B amplifier will have considerably higher music power output than its continuous power output (the ratio is referred to as “dynamic headroom”) if it is used with an unregulated power supply. That is why all commercial amplifiers do not have regulated supplies. Making the supply adjustable to cover a range of output voltages also presents a difficulty because if the supply is to have a big difference between the input and output DC voltages, it will need big heatsinks to dissipate the waste heat. What I do find objectionable is the large amount of heat the Sansui amplifier (and apparently the JVC class-D units) produce all the time. Even when ‘Off’ it gets quite hot, too hot for any gear sitting on top of it. When the unit is turned off by the IR remote, the power LED blinks slowly – just what you need in front of your face when you’re not using it. There is a power switch on the front panel which disconnects the power but unfortunately all your settings for delay, etc are lost when you power off this way. This Sansui amplifier will not have a long career in my set-up but will suffice for the time being. I have not studied class-D much but I assume that the heat is being produced by the switchmode power supply, the class-D switching transistors and the low-pass filters in the six power amplifiers. How can it be claimed that class-D is 80% or so efficient when it wastes power so freely? This is an outrage in these times when we should be conserving energy. I’d be most interested to hear your views on this topic. (J. R., via email). • If your amplifier is 80% efficient at full output, that means that around 40W will be dissipated in the case siliconchip.com.au Connecting PIR Sensors To An Alarm I am a year-12 student at Ulladulla High School doing electronics and I am about to start my major project. It is going to be the PC-Controlled Burglar Alarm from the February 2006 issue of SILICON CHIP. I have a problem with the PIRs for the sensors. They have a positive, negative and two alarm terminals. By contrast, the PC board in your magazine has positive, negative and one terminal for the alarm signal. Does this mean that I put the two leads out of the PIR into the one on the board or do I need different PIRs? (N. P., Ulladulla, NSW). • Many sensors have four terminals. Two terminals provide power when everything is going flat chat. But at idle, you could well have 15-20W being dissipated in the case and if there are no conventional heatsinks on the outside or an internal fan, that means that it will become pretty warm. However, there does not seem to be any good reason why the unit should still get hot when it is in standby mode. It may be that the power supply it quite simple and does not have a low-power rail to run the micro when it is “asleep”. Speed controller for a Go-Kart I have built an electric Go-Kart for my two young boys. It is powered by two 24V 300W motors, one driving each rear wheel via a 2-stage chain reduction with the overall ratio chosen to limit top speed to about 12km/h. In use, the motors easily reach their rated RPM even with an adult aboard, do not blow the 40A supply fuse and are not overly warm even after 30 minutes or so of use. So I am satisfied that the motors are working well within their ratings. The speed controller used was originally constructed many years ago using a combination of ideas from various “Electronics Australia” and SILICON CHIP train controllers. The controller was originally used with a much smaller motor, with only three FETs, and was actually only used a few times. siliconchip.com.au for the sensor’s internal circuits and are often marked “+” (positive) and “-” (negative). These two terminals connect to the “+12V” and “GND” outputs on the alarm board. The second two terminals provide “normally open” (NO) and “normally closed” (NC) outputs. Only one of these must be connected and it’s not important which one you choose. As described in the article, the NO or NC output of the sensor connects to one of the “ZONE” inputs on the alarm board. When running the alarm software, be sure to select “N/O” or “N/C” in the “Configuration” panel to match the sensor wiring. When the controller was modified to suit the current application, the output stage was revised to include a 4093 and eight FETs. The FETs are mounted as two groups of four on two separate heatsinks but drive both motors connected in parallel. Reverse is provided via a heavy-duty relay. The idea of using the 4093 and eight FETs was based on information gained from reading some recent articles in SILICON CHIP. The Go-Kart has been used many times over the last three or four months and is a “hit” with the boys but on two recent occasions the speed controller has failed. On both occasions, it is the output(s) from the 4093 driving the FET gates that has failed. The FETs test OK and no other components appear to have suffered. As the same failure has occurred twice, I suspect that I have a design problem. The latest failure occurred on a fairly hot day so the problem may be temperature related. Can you suggest a fix? (A. C, Boronia Vic). • As far as the circuit is concerned you are correct in saying the 4093 outputs are being overloaded. The outputs could be damaged in several ways. Firstly, the transient current required to drive four FET gates at the same time would be quite high. The second and the most likely cause of the damage is that the switching transients at the FET drains can be coupled back to the gates (capacitively) to cause 4093 output damage. Want a real speed controller kit? If you need to control 12 or 24 volt DC motors and want a speed controller that will easily handle 30 amps, then this is the kit for you. This controller allows you to vary the speed of DC motors from 0 to 100%. It is also ideal for controlling loads such as incandescent/halogen lamps and heating elements. This kit makes a great controller for use on small electric vehicle projects, such as electrically assisted bikes and go-carts. We have tested it to over 30 amps without problems—it barely gets warm! Item code: SPEEDCON. We also have solar maximiser kits, Luxeon LEDs, and lots of interesting products and publications. Go to shop.ata.org.au or call us on (03)9639 1500. May 2007  99 Converting A TV To An Oscilloscope Have you ever designed a project that converts a miniature or portable B&W TV into an oscilloscope? It doesn’t have to be fancy but just has to have some accuracy. Would this be possible? (K. S., Adelaide, SA). • A TV CRO Adaptor was published by “Electronics Australia” in the May 1980 issue. This is only good for audio signals up to about 20kHz or so and is not calibrated. These days, a much more practical approach would be to use our sound card interface for PCs together with software available over the internet to give a much better instrument. Two articles on this subject were published in the August 2002 issue of SILICON CHIP, together with a follow-up Circuit Notebook modification in May 2003. By the way, Dick Smith Electronics has a 10MHz single-channel oscilloscope (Cat. Q1803) available for just $128.00 Thirdly, the gates of each FET are not isolated using 10W resistors (one resistor should be in each gate); the FETs tend to oscillate at switch-on without them. As a minimum, we would recommend 10W gate resistors for each FET and a 12V zener diode between each gate and ground to clamp voltages above 12V. Further reliability would be gained by using the 4093 outputs to drive a complementary transistor buffer comprising a BC337 and BC327. The NPN BC337 transistor would have its collector to +12V and the PNP BC327 transistor would have its collector to 0V (ground). Serial I/O Controller & Analog Sampler Car radio noise cure I noticed the letter asking for help with AM car radio noise in “Ask SILICON CHIP”, January 2007. The usual cause for this is due to poor earthing to the car body at the antenna. ( D. A., via email). I want to use the Serial I/O Con­ troller & Analog Sampler featured in November 2005 to monitor and control the charge/discharge of some large batteries, a total of 48VDC at 700A. I want to monitor both temperature and voltage and switch the load and the charger during daylight and at night. To do this, I need to be able to locate the temperature sensor and LDR remotely. Is this OK or will long leads (up to five metres) cause a problem? Also, what do I need to do to monitor up to 52V DC at the analog input port (normally 25V DC max)? Do I use a voltage divider? I assume software changes would be required in the Windows program as well but what about the PIC code? (K. K., via email). • You should be able to mount the LDR remotely if you use shielded cable for the connection. Miniature 2-core microphone cable would be suitable. Wire the cable shield to ground. A Notes & Errata Programmable Ignition System For Cars Pt.2, April 2007: there are several corrections to the parts overlays and parts list as follows. (1) the 4.7kW resistor shown to the right of REG1 in Figs.8-13 should be 47kW. (2) the 10kW resistor shown immediately to the right of VR1 in Fig.10 should be 47kW. (3) the resistor immediately to the right of Q4 in Figs.8-13 is 47kW. (4) the parts list should show 3 x 100nF MKT polyester capacitors (not 1). A 10mF 16V PC electrolytic capacitor should also be added to the list. 1kW resistor in series with pin 3 of the microcontroller will help to protect it in the event of static discharge to the long cable run. The second analog input can be modified to accept 52V as follows: (1). replace the 330kW resistor with 110kW. (2). replace the 100kW trimpot (VR1) with a 2kW unit. (3). Break the track between VR1 & LED4 (the ground connection) and insert an 11kW resistor in series with the pot. The above changes will give an input range of about 49V-59V. You will need to modify the Windows software to get the correct reading. The source code for the software is written in VB5. The PIC firmware should not require modification. SC WARNING! SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles. When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON CHIP disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws. Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable. 100  Silicon Chip siliconchip.com.au MARKET CENTRE Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip. CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES Advertising rates for these pages: Classified ads: $27.00 (incl. GST) for up to 20 words plus 80 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $49.50 (incl. GST) per column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale. To book your classified ad, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and include your credit card details, or fax (02) 9939 2648, or post to Silicon Chip Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097. Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $­__________ or please debit my o Visa Card   o Master Card Card No. Signature­­­­___­­­­­­­­__________________________ Card expiry date______/______ Name _________________________________________________________ Street _________________________________________________________ Suburb/town ______________________________ Postcode______________ Phone:______________ Fax:______________ Email:___________________ FOR SALE More control solutions for you: NEW Radio Modules: Zigbee Radio Modem 1km, Bluetooth Serial Modem 100m. NEW Ethernet Modules: Ethernet to RS232/RS422/RS485 1, 2, 4 & 8-port Modules. NEW Protocol Gateways: Lonworks to Modbus, Profibus to Modbus, Can (J1939) to Modbus, AB-DF1 to Modbus, Hart to Modbus and more. NEW M325 Microstepping Bipolar Stepper Driver only $99. NEW 500oz-in plus Stepper Motor: may not be the fastest motor on the block but it has real grunt. NEW USB 8 Relay and 4 isolated input card. NEW 20-Amp DC Motor Speed Con­ troller. Low Cost Dual DC Amplifier Kit: per­ fect for Data Acquisition. Amplify signals from 1.5 to 10 or reduce signals siliconchip.com.au by a factor of 0.7 to 0.1. Electronic Thermostats with digital temperature display, 2 control relays. Can be used in heating and cooling. NTC thermistor or J T/C or Pt100 sensors. Isolated and Non Isolated RS232 to RS485 converters. USB to RS422/RS485 converter with 1500V isolation, RTS or Auto Data Flow control. Signal Conditioners – non isolated and isolated: Convert thermocouples, RTDs to 4-20mA or 0-10V. Fully programmable. Stepper Motors: we have a selection of Stepper motors for hobby and high torque CNC applications. DC Motors for both hobby and high torque applications. DC, Stepper and Servo Motor controller kits. Serial and Parallel Port relay controller cards. PIC MicroProgrammers: serial and USB port operated. Switch Mode, Battery Chargers and DC-DC converters. Full details and credit card ordering available at www.oceancontrols.com.au Helping to put you in control. May 2007  101 VIDEO - AUDIO - PC distribution amps - splitters digital standards converters - tbc's switchers - cables - adaptors genlockers - scan converters bulk vga cable - wallplates C O N T R O L S MS120 The world’s lowest cost controller with inbuilt operator interface  12 digital I/O  2 line LCD  5 push buttons  Easy to program DVS5c & DVS5s High Performance Video / S-Video and Audio Splitters $120 w/o LCD. $164 w/LCD. Developer’s kit $197 Developer’s Kit includes programming cable & software Made in Australia - used world-wide MD12 Media Distribution Amplifier splat-sc.com QUEST ® Satellite TV Reception VGA Splitter VGS2 International satellite TV reception in your home is now affordable. Send for your free info pack containing equipment catalog, satellite lists, etc or call for appointment to view. We can display all satellites from 76.5° to 180°. HQ VGA Cables AWP1 A-V Wallplate Come to the specialists... ® Quest Electronics® Pty Limited abn 83 003 501 282 t/a Questronix Products, Specials & Pricelist at www.questronix.com.au fax (02) 4341 2795 phone (02) 4343 1970 email: questav<at>questronix.com.au www.dontronics.com has 300 selected hardware and software products available from over 40 world wide manufacturers, and authors. Olimex Development Boards & Tools: ARM, AVR, MAXQ, MSP430 and PIC. Atmel Programmers And Compilers: STK500, Codevision C, Bascom AVR, FED AVIDICY Pro, MikroElektronika Basic and Pascal, Flash File support, and boot loaders. PICmicro Programmers And Compilers: microEngineering Labs USB programmers, adapters, and Basic Compilers, DIY (Kitsrus) USB programmers, MikroElektronika Basic, Pascal, DSpic Pascal Compilers, CCS C, FED C, Hi-Tech C, MikroElektronika C, disassembler and hex tools. CAN: Lawicell CANUSB, CAN232 FTDI: USB Family of IC ‘s. FT232RL, FT2452RL, also BL and others. 4DSystems LCD/Graphics: Add VGA monitor, or OLED LCD to your micro. Simple Serial I/F. Heaps And Heaps Of USB Products: TTL, RS-232, RS-485, modules, cables, analyzers, CRO’s. Popular Easysync USB To RS-232 Cable: Works when the others fail. Only one recommended by CBUS. Money back guarantee. www.dontronics-shop.com 102  Silicon Chip AV-COMM P/L, 24/9 Powells Rd, Brookvale, NSW 2100. Tel: 02 9939 4377 or 9939 4378. SPK360 3/5/06 1:10 PM Page 1 Fax: 9939 4376; www.avcomm.com.au ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS High quality Realistic prices Free software updates Large range of adaptors Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP CLEVERSCOPE USB OSCILLOSCOPES 2 x 100MSa/s 10bit inputs + trigger 100MHz bandwidth 8 x digital inputs 4M samples/input Sig-gen + spectrum analyser Windows 98/Me/NT/2k/XP IMAGECRAFT C COMPILERS ANSI C compilers, Windows IDE AVR, TMS430, ARM7/ARM9 68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12 GRANTRONICS PTY LTD www.grantronics.com.au RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia and has all the published PC boards from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others. Ph (02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio. com.au, www.rcsradio.com.au MicroByte Electronics: PIC Micros 20 years experience! HI-FISPEAKER REPAIRS YOUR EXPERT SPEAKER REPAIR SPECIALISTS Specialising in UK, US and Danish brands. Speakerbits are your vintage, rare and collectable speaker repair experts. Foam surrounds, voice coils, complete recone kits and more. Original OEM parts for Scan-Speak, Dynaudio, Tannoy, JBL, ElectroVoice and others! SPK360 Quest AV® tel: 03 9647 7000 www.speakerbits.com – Development Board – Development tools & Components. Phone: (03) 9378 4288. info<at>microbyte.com.au; www. microbyte.com.au PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025. sesame<at>sesame.com.au www.sesame.com.au LEDs! New old stock standard brightness and superbright brand name LEDs from just a few cents each. Cree X-Lamp XR-E LEDs $14.50. TA8050P bridge DC motor drivers $1.50. 20 x 2 OLED siliconchip.com.au Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep TECHNOLOGY? Opportunities for full-time and part-time positions all over Australia & New Zealand Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian owned, international retailer with more than 39 stores in Australia and New Zealand. Our aggressive expansion programme has resulted in the need for dedicated individuals to join our team to assist us in achieving our goals. We pride ourselves on the technical knowledge of our staff. Do you think that the following statements describe you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do: Knowledge of electronics, particularly at component level. Assemble projects or kits yourself for car, computer, audio, etc. Have empathy with others who have the same interest as you. May have worked in some retail already (not obligatory). Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys helping people. Appreciates an opportunity for future advancement. Have an eye for detail. Why not do something you love and get paid for it? Please write or email us with your details, along with your C.V. and any qualifications you may have. We pay a competitive salary, sales commissions and have great benefits like a liberal staff purchase policy. Send to: Retail Operations Manager - Jaycar Electronics Pty Ltd P.O. Box 6424 Silverwater NSW 1811 Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au Jaycar Electronics is an equal opportunity employer and actively promotes staff from within the organisation. RFMA RF Modules Australia Low Power Wireless Connectivity Specialists BIM2-433-64-5V Applications: NEW! BiM2A Rural UHF FM Transceiver UHF FM Transceiver Utilities In Stock NOW! In Stock NOW! Industrial Range: 500m+ Range: 250m Commercial Power: 25mW Power: 10mW Data rate 64kbps Government Data rate: 64kbps 33mm x 23mm x 4mm BiM2T & BiM2R coming Meter Reading RADIOMETRIX: Low Power, Licence Exempt Radio Modules RF Modules Australia. P.O. Box 1957 Launceston, TAS., 7250. Ph: 03-6331-6789. Email: sales<at>rfmodules.com.au. Web: rfmodules.com.au displays $39. Also LED and Nixie clock kits and all sorts of other stuff. www. ledsales.com.au KIT ASSEMBLY NEVILLE WALKER KIT ASSEMBLY & REPAIR: • Australia wide service • Small production runs • Specialist “one-off” applications Phone Neville Walker (07) 3857 2752 Email: flashdog<at>optusnet.com.au WANTED WANTED: EARLY HIFIs, AMPLIFIERS, Speakers, Turntables, Valves, Books, Quad, Leak, Pye, Lowther, Ortofon, SME, Western Electric, Altec, Marantz, McIntosh, Tannoy, Goodmans, Wharf- Parallax Basic Stamps The awesome simultasking 8-core Propeller Chip. Lots of sensors and Development kits + Robots. Ultrasonics, PIR accelerometer. Serial LCD display, serial keypads. Stepper Motor Controllers & Motors Micro stepping up to 25,600 fully protected industrial grade controllers at incredible prices. PCB mount units with full 32 bit indexer capability. DIN rail mount controller for factory applications. See our website for details and PDF file. Call or email us for application assistance. ron<at>nollet.com.au R T Nollet: Ph (03) 9338 3306; fax (03) 9338 4596; mobile 0407 804 712. www.nollet.com.au edale, radio and wireless. Collector/ Hobbyist will pay cash. (07) 5471 1062. johnmurt<at>highprofile.com.au Circuit & Design Ideas Wanted Do you have a good circuit idea? If so, sketch it out, write a brief description of its operation & send it to us. Provided your idea is workable & original, we’ll publish it in Circuit Notebook & you’ll make some money. We pay up to $60 for a good circuit or you could win some test gear. Send your idea to: Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097. siliconchip.com.au Advertising Index 555 Electronics............................. 59 Alternative Technology Assoc...... 99 Altronics.........................loose insert Amateur Scientist CDs............. OBC Av-Comm................................... 102 Blue Patents................................. 99 COEM Audio................................ 22 Decibel Hi-Fi................................. 23 Dick Smith Electronics........... 28-33 Dontronics.................................. 102 Ecowatch.................................... 102 Elan Audio.................................... 26 Farnell InOne............................... 73 FreeNet Antennas...................... 101 Grantronics................................. 102 Harbuch Electronics..................... 60 Instant PCBs.............................. 101 IPembedded................................. 61 Jaycar........................ IFC,49-56,104 JED Microprocessors..................... 5 Len Wallis Audio........................... 19 Microgram Computers.................... 3 Measurement Innovation................ 7 Oatley Electronics........................ 41 Ocean Controls.......................... 101 Prime Electronics......................... 91 Quest Electronics....................... 102 Radio & Hobbies DVD Archive..... 21 RCS Radio................................. 102 Richard Foot Pty Ltd.................... 95 RF Modules................................ 103 RS Components........................... 48 RTN............................................ 102 Satcam......................................... 47 Sesame Electronics.................. 103 Silicon Chip Binders..................... 43 Silicon Chip Bookshop........ 104,IBC Silicon Chip Positions Vacant....... 27 Silicon Chip Subscriptions........... 15 SC Perf. Elect. For Cars............... 20 Siomar Battery Industries............. 25 Speakerbits........................... 24,102 Splat Controls............................. 102 Trio Smartcal................................ 21 Trusys......................................... 101 Wagner Electronics...................... 61 PC Boards Printed circuit boards for SILICON CHIP designs can be obtained from RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738 0330. Fax (02) 9738 0334. May 2007  103 ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT, OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES. CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions) SILICON For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all SELF ON AUDIO Multiple authors $85.00 The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years, combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages. PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00* A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE See series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and Review April advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011 PIC IN PRACTICE by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00* Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback. PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00* A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students, teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages in paperback. by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00* A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters, hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback. SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00* The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly recommended. 558 pages in paperback. AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00* "The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps, you want this one! 463 pages in paperback. DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00* OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00* This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the practical. 281 pages, A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback. by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00 Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring EMI in switching power supplies. Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common, real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback. By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00 Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered in this 176-page paperback book. See Review Feb 2004 SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00* PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV See Review March 2010 ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00* This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these motors. Soft covers, 444 pages. NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00 It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP, Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback. RF CIRCUIT DESIGN by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00* The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback. PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK AC MACHINES By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00* Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines, NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160 pages in paperback. PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES & POWER ELECTRONICS Se e by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors. 286 pages in soft cover. Feb 2003 BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00* by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00* Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts. the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines, for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover. receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback. *NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK To Place Your Order: INTERNET (24/7) PAYPAL (24/7) eMAIL (24/7) www.siliconchip. com.au/Shop/Books Use your PayPal account silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au with order & credit card details FAX (24/7) MAIL (24/7) Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139 Collaroy NSW 2097 (02) 9939 2648 with all details PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri) Call (02) 9939 3295 with with order & credit card details You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications. ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT, OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES. CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions) SILICON For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all SELF ON AUDIO Multiple authors $85.00 The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years, combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages. PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00* A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE See series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and Review April advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011 PIC IN PRACTICE by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00* Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback. PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00* A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students, teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages in paperback. by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00* A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters, hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback. SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00* The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly recommended. 558 pages in paperback. AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00* "The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps, you want this one! 463 pages in paperback. DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00* OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00* This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the practical. 281 pages, A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback. by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00 Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring EMI in switching power supplies. Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common, real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback. By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00 Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered in this 176-page paperback book. See Review Feb 2004 SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00* PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV See Review March 2010 ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00* This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these motors. Soft covers, 444 pages. NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00 It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP, Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback. RF CIRCUIT DESIGN by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00* The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback. PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK AC MACHINES By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00* Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines, NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160 pages in paperback. PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES & POWER ELECTRONICS Se e by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors. 286 pages in soft cover. Feb 2003 BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00* by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00* Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts. the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines, for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover. receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback. *NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK To Place Your Order: INTERNET (24/7) PAYPAL (24/7) eMAIL (24/7) www.siliconchip. com.au/Shop/Books Use your PayPal account silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au with order & credit card details FAX (24/7) MAIL (24/7) Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139 Collaroy NSW 2097 (02) 9939 2648 with all details PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri) Call (02) 9939 3295 with with order & credit card details You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications. ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST